The Economy 2.0: Microeconomics — teaching guides

Complete teaching guides for units 1–10 of The Economy 2.0: Microeconomics, plus the list of building blocks. This page is structured for machine reading.

How this page is organised

  • Each unit guide is an H2 section titled “Unit N teaching guide”.
  • Within a unit: Conceptual prerequisites, Building blocks in this unit, an H3 Unit narrative, and an H3 What’s important/difficult and how to teach it.
  • Inside that last section, each topic is an H4 (“Topic N: …”) followed by the sections it covers.
  • Each topic contains one or more Key concept: entries, each followed by a numbered list of activities.
  • Each activity carries three labelled fields: Activity type:, Activity description: and Using AI for this activity: (“None” where the guide gives no AI suggestion).

Building blocks

The Economy 2.0 – Microeconomics contains a new feature called “building blocks”. These are self-contained sections or groups of sections that explain certain concepts and techniques. Where building blocks are used in later units, a hyperlink is always provided there which opens the required material in a separate tab, making it easy for students to read the prerequisite material, either to provide the necessary background knowledge when the unit it comes from has not previously been covered, or to refresh their memories. Building blocks are designed to provide instructors with greater flexibility in the way the course is structured, because prerequisite knowledge is easily identifiable.

Prerequisite units

The use of building blocks in The Economy 2.0 – Microeconomics makes it easier for instructors to customize the structure of their class to suit their specific audience and context. There are only two cases where a whole unit is required as a prerequisite for another unit. These units are as follows:

Prerequisite Units Where used as a prerequisite
Unit 1 Unit 2
Unit 7 Unit 8

Building blocks by unit

Unit Section(s) Title of Building Block Where required? Where linked as optional reading?
1 1.6 Production functions and the diminishing average product of labour None 5.4
1 1.8 Capitalist institutions None None
2 2.2 Economic decisions: Opportunity costs, economic rents, and incentives Unit 3 3.4, 5.6, 6.7, 6.8, 7.4
2 2.3 Comparative advantage, specialization, and markets None 6.1
2 2.4 Firms, technology, and production None None
2 2.8 Economic models: How to see more by looking at less Unit 3 4.3, 9.11
3 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5 Constrained choice problems Section 4.7, Unit 5, Unit 6, Unit 7 None
3 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6 Constrained choice problems, and how choices change Unit 9 None
3 3.7 Income and substitution effects None 9.4, 9.7
4 4.2, 4.3 Game theory and Nash equilibrium Section 6.9 None
4 4.2, 4.3, 4.4 Game theory, Nash equilibrium, and the prisoners’ dilemma Unit 5 None
4 4.2, 4.3, 4.13 Game theory, Nash equilibrium, and coordination games None 7.10, 8.9
4 4.5 Evaluating outcomes: The Pareto criterion Unit 5, Unit 10 7.7, 8.5
4 4.11 The ultimatum game Unit 5 5.2
5 5.12 Measuring economic inequality: The Gini coefficient None 9.10
6 6.6 Contracts, principals, and agents Sections 9.9, 10.8 8.5
6 6.10, 6.11 The wage-setting model None None
7 7.4 The cost function: Marginal and average cost Unit 10 None
7 7.5 Demand, elasticity, and revenue None None
7 7.7 Gains from trade: The surplus and how it is divided Unit 10 None

Unit 1 teaching guide

Conceptual prerequisites:

  • None

Building blocks in this unit:

  • 1.6 Production functions and diminishing average product of labour
  • 1.8 Capitalist institutions

Unit narrative

  • Technological change
    (Section 1.5)
    Industrial revolution
  • Capitalism
    Capitalist institutions (Section 1.8)
    Causation and natural experiments (Section 1.10)
    Varieties of capitalism (Section 1.12)
  • The hockey stick diagram
    (Section 1.2)
    GDP
    Living standards over time
    And in different countries
  • Global income inequality
    (Section 1.4)
    Poverty
    Skyscraper diagram
  • The flat part of the hockey stick
    (Sections 1.6 and 1.7)
    Production functions
    Diminishing average product of labour
    The Malthusian trap
  • Climate change hockey stick
    (Section 1.3)
    Atmospheric CO2
    Global temperatures
  • Structural transformation
    (Section 1.9)
    Agriculture, manufacturing, services
  • Colonialism
    British colonialism of India (Section 1.11)
  • The economy and the biosphere
    (Section 1.13)
    Modelling interactions

What’s important/difficult and how to teach it

Unit overview: For many students, this unit will be the first material they encounter in an economics course. It takes a big picture view, examining per capita GDP around the world and over a long period of time. The unifying concept is the “hockey stick” diagram (Figure 1.1).
Units 1 and 2 should be considered together, as unit 1 introduces several threads that are tied together in unit 2 (which introduces models that help explain why the Industrial Revolution took place when and where it did).

Topic 1: data on changes over time

Section 1.2 – the hockey stick, changes in GDP. Section 1.3 – changes in CO2 and global temperatures. Section 1.4 – Global income inequality since 1980.

Key concept: GDP

A short introduction to GDP is provided here, while the macroeconomics volume of The Economy goes into more detail. The relationship between per capita GDP and living standards is discussed in the extension to this section, but it is optional and not required to understand the rest of this unit

  1. Activity type: Poll
    Activity description: Most pressing problem poll – Use audience response software to ask your students ‘what is the most pressing problem economists should address?’ and create a word cloud. This provides a starting point to show students some of CORE’s main topics and link to the historical hockey stick graphs from Unit 1. You can also access word clouds for other universities/years on the CORE Econ website.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Facts – Lead a discussion around the video ‘Why Economics needs Facts’. Suggested questions: Where do facts come from? How do facts help economists? What is a correlation? What is a hypothesis? Why do we formulate hypotheses about correlations? Is there anything that Piketty or Heckman are missing?
    Using AI for this activity: None
  3. Activity type: Data
    Activity description: Working with data visualizations – CORE Econ’s data visualizations for wealth and income are a great tool – available at https://www.core-econ.org/visualizations/ Students can construct their own “skyscraper” diagrams and compare countries according to some measures of inequality. The interface guides students through step by step while also providing flexibility so that students can explore different countries according to their interests.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  4. Activity type: Data
    Activity description: Working with data visualizations – Ask students to visit the OWiD website and add countries they are interested in to the hockey stick diagram (https://tinyco.re/3290463). Ask them to describe the trends they observe for these countries (such as levels of income, when the hockey-stick growth began, etc.) and compare them to the trends for the default countries shown in the chart.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  5. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Interpreting graphs / Think-pair-share activity – Ask students to identify all the elements of a graph that they need to look at in order to understand the “story” that the graph is telling (title, y-axis title and values, x-axis title and values, key). Then show them the hockey stick graph (or later also the climate hockey stick graphs). Ask them to form pairs and describe to each other what the graph is showing. They can share their interpretation with the class. Two helpful questions are: What do you notice? What do you wonder?
    Using AI for this activity: Students use an AI assistant to learn how to create and interpret engaging graphs, focusing on the essential elements that make a graph informative and visually appealing.
    Example Prompts:
    • First Prompt:
      “Create a catchy graph that shows the relationship between daily screen time and sleep quality among teenagers.”
    • Second Prompt:
      “Explain what makes this graph engaging and effective in telling the story of the data. Discuss aspects like color choices, type of graph used, clarity of labels, and any visual highlights of trends or patterns.”
    Students compare the AI-generated graphs and explanations to understand how different elements contribute to making a graph informative and captivating. They learn to identify all the components needed to interpret graphs effectively and discuss how presentation choices can enhance the communication of data.
  6. Activity type: Data
    Activity description: Data – Project 4 of Doing Economics (https://www.core-econ.org/doing-economics/book/text/04-01.html) gets students to look at GDP data and consider how well GDP measures wellbeing. The project has 2 parts: part 1 uses GDP data, part 2 discusses the Human Development Index as an alternative measurement of wellbeing. (Each part would be 1 week’s worth of work so instructors can pick/choose questions to set).
    Using AI for this activity: None
  7. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Temperatures over the long run – Why do you think we observe a correlation between economic growth and the use of natural resources? Propose a hypothesis.
    Using AI for this activity: Students use an AI assistant to create visual art that represents the correlation between economic growth and natural resource use over time. They analyse the AI-generated artwork to understand and discuss why this correlation exists.
    Example Prompt:
    “Create a piece of art showing the relationship between global economic growth (GDP) and natural resource consumption from 1900 to 2020.”

Topic 2: Explaining the hockey stick

(Section 1.5 – Technological change; Sections 1.6 and 1.7 – Flat part of the hockey stick; Section 1.8 – Capitalist institutions)

Key concept: Production function

this will be an important concept in later units so it is important to cover it here

  1. Activity type: Poll
    Activity description: Value of technology – Innovation and technological progress play an important role in explaining the hockey stick chart. This 2019 paper in PNAS (https://www.pnas.org/doi/10.1073/pnas.1815663116) asked people how much they’d be willing to pay to give up modern technology for a year (see Figure 2 which has a lot of interesting examples). Instructors could run a similar poll. Alternatively, the two polls below could be used to help students think about how they value technological innovations, in particular Google. Display the aggregated results for the polls to discuss the importance of technology in our lives.
    1) Think about how valuable you find Google: Would you prefer to keep access to Google or go without access to Google for one month and get paid $80?
    • Keep access to Google
    • Give up Google and get paid $80
    2) Now, would you prefer to keep access to Google or go without access to Google for 1 month and get paid $160?
    • Keep access to Google
    • Give up Google and get paid $160
    Using AI for this activity: Students use an AI assistant to understand how technological advancements impact productivity and economic growth.
    Example Prompts:
    • First Prompt:
      “As a farmer before modern machinery, describe how you plant and harvest crops.”
    • Second Prompt:
      “As a modern farmer using advanced machinery, describe how you plant and harvest crops.”
    Students compare the AI-generated narratives to see how technology increases productivity and contributes to economic growth, relating it to the hockey stick pattern.

Key concept: Average product of labour

students need to understand that the slope of a ray from the origin to a point on the production function shows the average product of labour for that quantity of labour input. They will also need to recognize that as these rays get flatter, moving further to the right along the production function (higher levels of labour input), this demonstrates diminishing average product of labour

  1. Activity type: Game
    Activity description: Paper airplanes game to teach diminishing APL – Instructors can give students a set number of materials for making (origami) paper planes and see how the average number of planes changes depending on how many students are working at the same time (the idea being that with finite resources, there will come a point where the extra student doesn’t help so production levels off). More detailed instructions can be found here: https://www.core-econ.org/experiencing-economics/instructors/book/text/50-01-other-experiments.html#paper-aeroplane-production
    For an alternative using tennis balls, see: https://www.economicsnetwork.ac.uk/themes/games/tennis%20balls
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Game (online)
    Activity description: Diminishing APL game – online alternative: Students could simulate data entry in an excel sheet. Starting with one student (worker), data read from a picture/pdf needs to be transferred into fields in a spreadsheet in a given time. The number of students is then increased round by round and production measured by the number of fields completed in the spreadsheet. Technology shocks can be simulated by first not allowing students to use their microphones, and then enabling them.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: Equilibrium

the Malthusian model demonstrates this important concept. Equilibrium is defined here as a situation or model outcome that is self-perpetuating. If the outcome is reached, it does not change unless an external force acts on it.

  1. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Equilibrium – Ask students how people use the term equilibrium in daily life and to think of examples. When is a Newton’s cradle in equilibrium? Link this discussion to the definition in the text. This exercise could be structured as a think-pair-share where students first think for themselves, then discuss with a partner, and finally some students share their thoughts with the class.
    Using AI for this activity: Students use an AI assistant to learn about equilibrium in different contexts.
    Example Prompts:
    • First Prompt:
      “Describe equilibrium using the example of a balance scale with equal weights on both sides.”
    • Second Prompt:
      “Explain equilibrium in a predator-prey ecosystem”
    Students compare the explanations to understand the concept of equilibrium in physical and economic systems.

Key concept: Capitalist institutions

private property, firms, markets. Although many students are likely to be familiar with these terms, it is important for them to have a precise definition in mind in order to understand the connections described in this unit.

  1. Activity type: Exercise
    Activity description: Newspaper articles – Look for recent newspaper articles that use the term ‘capitalism’ and discuss how this term is being used. Instructors could ask students to evaluate the usage of the term according to CORE’s definition (private property, markets, firms) – which aspects does the article refer/not refer to? It may also be interesting for students to record the authors perspective on capitalism, is it positive, negative, mixed or neutral?
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Private property – Give an example of something that is NOT private property in your country. Explain why your example is not private property. Concretely, which part(s) of the definition of private property in the text does your example not satisfy? (Students can think about it and discuss with a partner near them (or in a breakout room), and then share their ideas with the class)
    Using AI for this activity: None

Topic 3: Further important considerations

(Section 1.9 – Structural change, section 1.10 – causation and natural experiments, section 1.11 – British colonization of India, Section 1.12 – Varieties of capitalism, section 1.13 – The economy and the biosphere)
Inequality and environmental considerations are two themes that run throughout The Economy. Instructors who want to emphasize inequality could spend more time on sections 1.11 and 1.12, and those who want to emphasize environmental considerations could spend more time on section 1.13. Section 1.10 introduces empirical methods, another theme which runs throughout the text, especially in the “How economists learn from facts” features.

Key concept: Structural transformation

this section highlights the dramatic changes in the share of employment in agriculture, manufacturing and service industries, as well as the share of total output represented by these sectors.

  1. Activity type: Exercise
    Activity description: Share of agriculture in total employment – Students can use the graph at this link to explore the share of agriculture in total employment for additional countries: https://ourworldindata.org/grapher/share-of-agriculture-in-total-employment
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: Correlation versus causation

The distinction between correlation and causation is crucial in examining economic data. Because CORE has an empirical focus, it is important to discuss this distinction at an early stage.

  1. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Formulating hypotheses about correlation / causation – Ask students to provide examples where two variables may be correlated, without one necessarily causing the other (e.g. spurious correlation – Tyler Vigen’s spurious correlation website gives some funny examples: https://www.tylervigen.com/spurious-correlations). Contrast this to cases where they believe that a clear causal relationship exists.
    Using AI for this activity: Students use an AI assistant to see how the same data can be interpreted differently. They compare the AI’s responses to understand why it’s important to distinguish between correlation and causation.
    Example Prompts:
    • First Prompt:
      “As a journalist eager to grab attention, write a short article (100 words) claiming that eating ice cream causes shark attacks, based on data showing both increase in summer.”
    • Second Prompt:
      “As a scientist explaining the data, write a short paragraph (100 words) about how eating ice cream and shark attacks increase in summer, but one does not cause the other.”
  2. Activity type: Exercise (asynchronous)
    Activity description: Market economies – Students read this article from the Financial Times – [A real market economy ensures that greed is good | Our intuitions about scale and centralisation are generally wrong. Available at: https://www.ft.com/content/01f74164-40fc-11e1-b521-00144feab49a.] The article compares the ‘invisible hand’ mechanism in free market economies to central planning, and discusses divergent outcomes on the Korean peninsula. Discussion question: Why is it that market economies can often allocate resources in a more efficient and robust way than centrally planned economies?
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: Context and wider setting

CORE stresses that economic choices and decisions are always made in context. In Unit 1, the environment limits and frames much of what economic processes can achieve; and economic decisions are made within the framework of rules and policies. Make the students aware of the wider settings (environmental, historical, institutional) within which economic activity inevitably takes place.

  1. Activity type: Exercise (asynchronous)
    Activity description: When is capitalism not dynamic – Students read this article from The Economist [https://www.economist.com/special-report/2018/11/15/western-governments-need-a-plan-for-reinstating-effective-competition.]. Based on the information in the article, explain which elements of Western economies are preventing capitalism from being dynamic in those countries.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Exercise (asynchronous)
    Activity description: Of property and poverty – Students read this article from The Economist [https://www.economist.com/leaders/2006/08/24/of-property-and-poverty]. Using the examples in the media article, explain how the combination of markets, firms, and property rights can help economic development, as well as their limitations.
    Using AI for this activity: Students use an AI assistant to engage in a debate about the role of markets, firms, and property rights in economic development, using points from “Of Property and Poverty” by The Economist. They prompt the AI to argue the opposing stance to their own.
    Example Prompt:
    “I believe that strong property rights are essential for economic development because they encourage investment and growth. Please argue against my position and explain how property rights can sometimes hinder economic development.”

Key concept: The biosphere

This section discusses how the economy is embedded within the larger society and the biosphere and demonstrates some linkages.

  1. Activity type: Data
    Activity description: Climate change data visualization – Project 1 of Doing Economics (https://www.core-econ.org/doing-economics/book/text/01-01.html) gets students to make charts with climate change data (how temperatures have changed over time, changes in temperature variability, correlation between temperature and CO2 emissions).
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Exercise (asynchronous)
    Activity description: Global warming impacts on business – Students read this article from The Economist [https://www.economist.com/graphic-detail/2019/02/25/how-global-warming-is-disrupting-business]. Discussion question: Choose two sectors in the economy and explain how the effects of global warming might affect those sectors.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Unit 2 teaching guide

Conceptual prerequisites:

  • Unit 1

Building blocks in this unit:

  • 2.2 Economic decisions: opportunity costs, and economic rents and incentives
  • 2.3 Comparative advantage, specialization, and markets
  • 2.4 Firms, technology and production
  • 2.8 Economic models: How to see more by looking at less

Unit narrative

  • Economic incentives (Section 2.2)
    Opportunity cost
    Economic cost
    Economic rent, innovation rent
    Relative prices
  • Principles of economic modelling
    (Section 2.8)
    Ceteris paribus
    Endogenous and exogenous variables
    Equilibrium
  • Model of gains from specialization and trade (Section 2.3)
    Absolute advantage
    Comparative advantage
    Specialization; division of labour
  • Model of technology choice
    (Section 2.4-2.6)
    Technology; Factors of production
    Isocost lines
    Entrepreneur; Creative destruction
  • Application: Industrial Revolution
    (Section 2.1, 2.7, 2.9-2.12)
    Escaping the Malthusian trap
    Role of institutions (capitalism, colonialism, enslavement), science, culture, and sociology
    Economic and environmental consequences

What’s important/difficult and how to teach it

Topic 1: Economic incentives

(Section 2.2)
This section introduces four concepts related to economic incentives and decision-making: opportunity cost, economic cost, economic rent, and relative prices. Familiarise yourself with the equations in this section that express the relationships between these concepts, and the decision rules that use these concepts.

Key concept: Opportunity cost

Students often forget that opportunity cost is the net benefit of the next best option, rather than all available options. Use Exercise 2.1 and 2.2 to solidify their understanding of this concept.

  1. Activity type: Exercise (in-class)
    Activity description: Identifying opportunity costs – Give students some scenarios and ask them to identify the opportunity cost (in words) – for example, the opportunity cost of going to university (as in Exercise 2.2) or the opportunity cost of buying cereal at the supermarket.
    Using AI for this activity: Students use an AI assistant to generate scenarios involving economic decisions. They identify the opportunity cost in each scenario to solidify their understanding of the concept.
    Example Prompts:
    • First Prompt:
      “Provide a scenario where a student must choose between attending university or starting a full-time job after high school. Include the benefits and costs associated with each option.”
    • Second Prompt:
      “Provide a scenario where someone decides between buying a new smartphone or investing that money in a savings account with interest. Describe the potential outcomes of both choices.”

Key concept: Economic rent

The most important thing for students to understand is that an economic rent is something the actor gets, not something an actor pays (as in the common use of the term ‘rent’ for an apartment or a car). Students will see in future units that economic rents are part of profits. Clarify that innovation rent is a type of economic rent.

  1. Activity type: MCQ
    Activity description: Calculating opportunity costs – Present some numerical scenarios as in Exercise 2.1 (but with different numbers) and ask students to calculate the opportunity cost and economic rent. You could alternatively present these scenarios as MCQs or as a poll.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: Relative prices

Emphasise that relative prices (rather than the absolute prices) matter for decisions. This concept will appear in both models in this unit.

  1. Activity type: Exercise (in-class)
    Activity description: Application of concepts – Students read this article from The Economist[https://www.economist.com/briefing/2013/01/12/has-the-ideas-machine-broken-down]. In groups, students use the concepts of incentives, relative prices, and economic rents to explain the driving forces behind technological innovations, and why some people believe that technology-driven growth is slowing down.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Topic 2: Principles of economic modelling

(Section 2.8)
This section covers important concepts underlying all the models that appear in The Economy. Highlight the use of abstraction and simplification, ceteris paribus assumptions, and the general applicability of models. This section can either be taught in the order listed in the unit (a summary of the modelling approach used for the trade model and the technology choice model), or along with Section 2.2 as an introduction to the economic approach.

Key concept: Ceteris paribus

Emphasise that economic analysis typically involves holding all other factors constant aside from the factor of interest (only changing one factor at a time).
Endogenous and exogenous variables: These concepts are used throughout The Economy to distinguish between movements along a curve (endogenous) and movements of an entire curve (exogenous). A rule of thumb to help students: endogenous variables are those on the horizontal/vertical axes of the model’s diagram, while exogenous variables are not.
Equilibrium: This concept features in all the models in The Economy. Link the definition of equilibrium to the economic incentives in Section 2.2 (if individuals are doing the best they can they have no incentive to change their behaviour).

  1. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Principles of economic modelling – In groups, interpret the following statement (from the statistician George Box): “All models are wrong, but some are useful”. Have students come up with a list of criteria for a “useful” model and brainstorm as a class. (Students may want to refer to this Financial Times article [https://www.ft.com/content/4d5ea7c4-bd0d-11df-954b-00144feab49a] on the insights we can learn from economic models.)
    Using AI for this activity: Students use an AI assistant to generate criteria for a ‘useful’ economic model by interpreting George Box’s statement. They compare the AI’s criteria with their own to understand the principles of economic modeling.
    Example Prompts:
    • Prompt:
      “Interpret the statement ‘All models are wrong, but some are useful’ by George Box. List and explain criteria that make an economic model useful.”
  2. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Importance of assumptions – In groups, read this article from The Economist [https://www.economist.com/free-exchange/2014/06/19/why-they-crashed-too] and explain why economic models did not predict the global financial crisis (what assumptions were incorrect?).
    Using AI for this activity: None
  3. Activity type: Exercise (in-class)
    Activity description: Building a model – Students apply the 6 steps in the “Model-building” box to the two models in this Unit (trade model and model of technology choice). For example, identifying the question(s) that the models aimed to answer, and which conditions change. (Note that not all steps apply to each model). Students can also apply the 6 steps to build a model of the market for umbrellas (as an extension of Exercise 2.10).
    Using AI for this activity: None

Topic 3: Gains from specialisation and trade

(Section 2.3)
This section uses the Ricardian trade model (2 people, 2 goods) to illustrate how specialization and trade can be mutually beneficial. The concept of specialization and division labour is then applied at the economy-level and the firm-level.

Key concept: Comparative advantage

Clearly establish the link between comparative advantage and opportunity cost. Emphasise that specialization and trade patterns depend on comparative advantage and not absolute advantage. Work through the numerical example in Figure 2.2 to explain why specialization and trade can be mutually beneficial even if one party has an absolute advantage in both goods. Students may find a diagrammatic representation of Figure 2.2c helpful (Instructors can refer to Figure 18.16a in The Economy 1.0).

  1. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Sources of comparative advantage – In groups or as a class poll, ask students to brainstorm the different sources of comparative advantage (e.g. natural resources, human capital). This article (Cai and Stoyanov, 2016)[ https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jinteco.2016.04.006] explains the consequences of population aging on comparative advantage and can be used to link back to the themes of between-country inequality from Unit 1.
    Using AI for this activity: Students use an AI assistant to create quiz questions about the Ricardian trade model. They verify the correctness of the AI-generated questions and answers, reinforcing their understanding of the model.
    Example Prompt:
    “Create five multiple-choice questions testing knowledge of the Ricardian trade model, including concepts like absolute advantage, comparative advantage, and gains from trade. Provide four answer options for each question and indicate the correct answer.”
  2. Activity type: Poll; Discussion
    Activity description: Comparative advantage and trade patterns – take some country profiles from the OEC website (https://oec.world) and ask students to guess (based on comparative advantage) what the country’s main imports and exports are. This activity can be done to motivate the model or as an application after introducing the model.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  3. Activity type: Poll; Game
    Activity description: Guess the country – OEC has a game called Tradle, where players have to guess the country based on its export mix and trade volume: https://oec.world/en/tradle/. Instructors can either use a few examples in a poll or have students play the game on their own and discuss their reasoning.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  4. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: What’s missing from the model? In groups, students identify assumptions and simplifications made in the trade model. (This activity could be left until Section 2.8 is covered). Instructors may want to use this CEPR compilation[https://cepr.org/system/files/publication-files/60162-cloth_for_wine_the_relevance_of_ricardo_s_comparative_advantage_in_the_21st_century.pdf] as a prompt (Chapters 3 and 4 discuss the assumptions of the Ricardian Trade model and empirical evidence).
    Using AI for this activity: None
  5. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Specialisation and computers – Students read this Financial Times article[https://www.ft.com/content/5788fb32-efb9-11e7-ac08-07c3086a2625] and use the concept of specialisation to examine recent changes in the workplace and consequences for productivity.
    Using AI for this activity: Students use an AI assistant to create writing prompts about the impact of specialization on productivity and trade. They select appropriate prompts and write short essays (approximately 100 words each), enhancing their comprehension of the topic. Example Prompt: “Generate three writing prompts that explore the concept of specialization and its effects on productivity and international trade, suitable for undergraduate economics students.”
  6. Activity type: Exercise (asynchronous)
    Activity description: Exercise 2.3 (extension) – As an extension, ask students to work out the range of prices for which trade would be mutually beneficial.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Topic 4: Modelling a firm’s choice of technology

(Section 2.4-2.6)
These sections build a model of technology choice. Technologies are defined according to their energy-to-labour ratio and the firm chooses the lowest-cost technology. This model is used to explain how creative destruction occurs and, in later sections, explain the role of incentives (relative prices) in prompting the Industrial Revolution in the UK.

Key concept: Technology

This unit uses fixed-proportions technology, meaning that to increase output, both inputs need to increase in a specified ratio.
1) Labour-intensive and energy-intensive technologies are defined by the ratio of energy to labour required to produce a given output (the steps in Figure 2.5 explain these concepts in detail).
2) Emphasise that to compare technologies, we need to hold output fixed. The concept of dominance is used to rule out inferior technologies (work through the steps in Figure 2.6 to ensure students understand the definition of “dominates” and “dominated”).
Isocost lines: Emphasise that along an isocost line, the total cost of production of 100 meters of cloth remains the same for all technologies.
The slope of the isocost line depends on the relative prices of labour and energy. The steps in Figure 2.10 explain how relative prices affect the firm’s choice of technology.

  1. Activity type: Exercise (in-class)
    Activity description: Examples of creative destruction – In groups, ask students to come up with recent examples of creative destruction (for example, finding case studies in the newspaper). You can use the example in Section 2.1 (suit-making technologies) as a prompt, or this article from The Economist on steelmaking technologies[https://www.economist.com/business/2017/03/09/new-technologies-could-slash-the-cost-of-steel-production]. Students can use a diagram like Figure 2.10 to illustrate their chosen example.
    Using AI for this activity: Students use an AI assistant to generate recent examples of creative destruction. They evaluate the AI’s suggestions and select examples to illustrate the concept, reinforcing their understanding.
    Example Prompt:
    “List five recent examples of creative destruction in various industries, explaining how new technologies or business models have replaced older ones.”
  2. Activity type: Discussion; Exercise (asynchronous)
    Activity description: How dynamic is capitalism? – in groups, students read this article from The Economist[https://www.economist.com/briefing/2016/03/26/too-much-of-a-good-thing] and discuss the extent to which Schumpeter’s ‘creative destruction’ is happening in the US. This activity could be an assignment where students analyse a country of their choice.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  3. Activity type: Exercise (asynchronous)
    Activity description: Drawing isocost lines – Build on Exercise 2.5 by asking students to find the range of relative prices (or one example of relative prices) for Figure 2.8 that would make technologies A, B, and E (respectively) the lowest-cost technology.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Topic 5: Application to the Industrial Revolution

(Section 2.1, 2.7, 2.9-2.12)
These sections use the model of technology choice to explain why the Industrial Revolution occurred in the UK (Section 2.7). It is important to emphasise that relative prices is one explanation, not the explanation, because science, culture, and other institutions (colonialism, enslavement) played a vital role (Section 2.9 and 2.12). The remaining sections explore the consequences of the Industrial Revolution: while it enabled countries to escape the Malthusian Trap (Section 2.10), the environmental consequences mean that energy-intensive growth is unsustainable (Section 2.11).

Key concept: Industrial Revolution (Section 2.7, 2.9, 2.10, 2.12)

  1. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Relative prices and the Industrial Revolution – Watch the (5-minute) video of Bob Allen’s theory of why the Industrial Revolution happened in the UK first (from Exercise 2.7) and read this article from The Economist[https://www.economist.com/finance-and-economics/2018/08/02/the-industrial-revolution-could-shed-light-on-modern-productivity]. In groups, have students discuss the evidence that supports/does not support Bob Allen’s explanation for the Industrial Revolution. Why is it difficult to determine whether his explanation is correct?
    Using AI for this activity: Students use an AI assistant to engage in a debate about why the Industrial Revolution happened first in the UK. They explore Bob Allen’s high-wage economy theory and consider alternative explanations, using the AI to provide counterarguments and deepen their understanding.
    Example Prompts:
    • First Prompt:
      “After watching Bob Allen’s video explaining his theory on why the Industrial Revolution began in the UK, summarize his main arguments about the high-wage economy. Provide supporting evidence from the accompanying Economist article.”
    • Second Prompt:
      “Present counterarguments to Bob Allen’s theory, discussing other factors that may have contributed to the Industrial Revolution occurring in the UK. Include points about science, culture, colonialism, and institutions from additional sources.”
  2. Activity type: Exercise (in-class)
    Activity description: Alternative explanations for the Industrial Revolution – Have students think of further factors that may have contributed to the Industrial Revolution or made some countries develop early, rather than later (using the two papers in Exercise 2.8 and this article from the Financial Times [https://www.ft.com/content/b7ad1c68-59fb-11e2-b728-00144feab49a] as a starting point). Students could be split into two groups. One group presents the argument, the other group criticizes/evaluates it. Groups could alternate.
    Using AI for this activity: Students use an AI assistant to generate a comprehensive study guide summarizing key factors that contributed to the Industrial Revolution, including any missing elements and applying modeling concepts from Section 2.8.
    Example Prompt:
    “Create a detailed study guide outlining the main factors that led to the Industrial Revolution. Include economic reasons like relative prices, as well as scientific, cultural, and institutional factors such as colonialism and enslavement. Apply economic modeling concepts to analyze these factors.”
    Students use an AI assistant to simulate conversations with historical figures associated with the Industrial Revolution. They assess the AI’s responses for accuracy and consistency with historical records.
    Example Prompts:
    First Prompt:
    “As James Watt, explain how your improvements to the steam engine contributed to the Industrial Revolution. Discuss the challenges you faced and the impact of your invention on industry and society.”
    Second Prompt:
    “As a British factory worker during the early Industrial Revolution, describe your daily life, working conditions, and how industrialization has affected you and your community.”
  3. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: What’s missing from the model? Have students review Figure 2.18 (Section 2.10) and brainstorm important factors that are left out of the story. This activity helps students apply the modelling concepts from Section 2.8.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: Environmental consequences of the Industrial Revolution (Section 2.11)

  1. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: “The magic washing machine” – Watch Hans Rosling’s TED talk video[https://tinyco.re/7334115] and in groups, have students discuss the benefits and drawbacks of labour-saving technologies. Use the discussion to stimulate debate around the relationship between growth, inequality, and the environment. This TED talk by Andrew McAfee (15 minutes) about the future of work can complement the discussion or be used as an alternative.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: The future of economic growth – Divide the class into groups of three, where each person watches a different TED talk (each video is around 10 minutes long): Robert Gordon[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PYHd7rpOTe8], Erik Brynjolfsson[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lsdgdgJb3IM], and the debate about economic growth[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ofWK5WglgiI]. Discuss the following: Which arguments do you find most convincing? Are you optimistic or pessimistic about the future of economic growth? Explain your reasoning.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  3. Activity type: Exercise (asynchronous)
    Activity description: Exercise 2.15 and 2.16 – As an extension to Exercise 2.15 (GDP per capita use and energy use) or Exercise 2.16 (environment quality and economic growth), students could prepare a report or poster presentation of their findings.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Unit 3 teaching guide

Required Building Blocks:

  • 2.2 Economic Decisions and 2.8 Economic models

Building blocks in this unit:

  • 3.2 – 3.5 (or 3.6) Constrained choice problems
  • 3.7 Income and substitution effects

Unit narrative

  • Preferences: What do we want?
    (Section 3.3)
    Utility
    Indifference curves
    Marginal rate of substitution
  • Constraints: What is technically or physically possible? (Section 3.4)
    Feasible frontier, feasible set
    Opportunity cost
    Marginal rate of transformation
  • Preferences + constraints: What do we
    choose? (Section 3.5)
    MRS = MRT
  • What happens when constraints change? (Section 3.6-3.7)
    Income effect
    Substitution effect
  • Application: Explaining working hours across countries and time (Sections 3.1, 3.9-3.12)
    Veblen effects (3.10)
    Gender division of labour (3.11)
    Differences in preferences (3.12)

What’s important/difficult and how to teach it

Topic 1: Introduction

(Section 3.1)
Unit 3 is a foundational unit that fully introduces the constrained decision-making framework and a number of critical concepts including feasible sets, opportunity cost, preferences, and indifference curves, used throughout CORE. CORE introduces the entire framework in a single unit by approaching the theory through a data-based example on average working hours (over time and across countries). Keep the motivating empirical example of changes in average wages in clear focus when the concepts are being discussed and developed.
This unit contains the building block on constrained choice problems, which is used extensively in other units. It may be a good idea to emphasize to students that this is a key framework which they will need a solid understanding of. Instructors who are pressed for time could teach only the building block and set some of the applications as (optional) reading.

Key concept: Constrained choice problem

This modelling framework is used in several later units, including:

  • Unit 5 in a general equilibrium setting
  • Unit 6 in wage-setting and the employment contract
  • Unit 7 in the firm’s pricing decision
  • Unit 9 in the intertemporal choice problem
  1. Activity type: Data
    Activity description: Interactive graphs – Interactive versions of Figures 3.1 and 3.2 are available at OWiD. Instructors can ask students to identify and discuss features of these two graphs. Two helpful questions are – ‘What do you notice?’ and ‘What do you wonder?’.
    Our World in Data (https://ourworldindata.org/time-use) also a very interesting set of has cross-country graphs on time use spent on various activities and a brief discussion of relevant research to help students interpret these graphs
    Using AI for this activity: None

Topic 2: Constraints: What is technically or physically possible?

(Section 3.2, 3.4)

Key concept: Feasible frontier, budget constraint and feasible set

  • make sure the students understand the link between Figure 3.3 (relationship between income and hours worked) and Figure 3.6 (the budget constraint). noting the difference in the x-axis variable: for the budget constraint diagram, we want both axes to contain “goods” rather than “bads”.
  • Emphasize the difference between the “feasible frontier” (the line) and the “feasible set” (the area enclosed by the line). Go through Figure 3.6 carefully, focusing on the interpretation of points that are in the feasible set, on the frontier, and outside the frontier.
  • Students also get confused over the difference between “feasible frontier” and “budget constraint” (the budget constraint is a specific example of a feasible frontier).
  1. Activity type: Exercise (in-class)
    Activity description: Drawing budget contraints – Present different scenarios and ask students to discuss how the budget constraint might change. For example, How do we represent a change in income? How can we represent a change in wages? How would we represent an overtime wage which began after 8 hours of work at a basic wage? How would we represent a basic income received regardless of hours worked?
    Using AI for this activity: Students use an AI assistant to generate explanations of the feasible frontier concept. They then fact-check these explanations against course materials and reputable sources to ensure accuracy and deepen their understanding.
    Example Prompt:
    “Explain the concept of the feasible frontier in the context of constrained choice problems. Provide examples to illustrate how changes in income or wages shift the feasible frontier.”

Key concept: Marginal rate of transformation (MRT)

“marginal” is introduced in a discrete manner i.e. a 1-unit increase in the x-axis value. Emphasise that the slope of the feasible frontier is the MRT.

  1. Activity type: Exercise (in-class)
    Activity description: Drawing budget constraints (2) – instructors could ask students to draw their own daily (or weekly) budget constraint (for students who don’t have part-time work or hourly income, they could use the average part-time wage as an example).
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: Opportunity cost

This concept was introduced in Unit 2 (Section 2.2). For a concrete interpretation, demonstrate the link between opportunity cost and the slope of the feasible frontier.

  1. Activity type: Extension
    Activity description: Drawing budget constraints (3) – Instructors could ask students to think about how income tax affects the budget constraint (if there are income tax brackets, the budget constraint will be a piecewise function).
    Using AI for this activity: None

Topic 3: Preferences: What do we want?

(Section 3.3)

Key concept: Indifference curves

The analogy with contour maps can help students understand the concept of an indifference curve “map”. It is important for students to realize the relationship between the slope of the indifference curve and the marginal rate of substitution.

  1. Activity type: Exercise (asynchronous)
    Activity description: Draw your own indifference curves – As an introduction to the concept of indifference curves and MRS, you could ask students to draw their own indifference curves for consumption and free time. For example, ask them to pick a point in the consumption–free-time space, e.g. $20 and 20 hours of free time. Then, ask them to plot some points that make them equally happy: how much money would you be willing to give up for 2 extra hours of free time? How much money would you need to accept to give up 2 hours of free time?
    Using AI for this activity: Students use an AI assistant to generate and visualize their own indifference curves for consumption and free time. They utilize ChatGPT to receive step-by-step guidance on drawing and interpreting these curves, enhancing their understanding of preferences and the Marginal Rate of Substitution (MRS). This exercise helps students grasp how different utility levels are represented and how trade-offs between consumption and free time are analyzed.
    Example Prompt:
    “ChatGPT, draw indifference curves for a consumer with preferences over consumption and free time. Explain how these curves represent different utility levels and describe the MRS between consumption and free time. After drawing, ask me how I would adjust the curves if my preference for free time increases.”
  2. Activity type: Exercise (asynchronous)
    Activity description: Interactive tool – This indifference curve visualization lets students (intuitively) see how relative preferences for the x-axis and y-axis good affect the shape of indifference curves: https://www.econgraphs.org/graphs/v1/micro/consumer_theory/indifference_curves?textbook=varian (with the caveat that the examples are for the 2-good case rather than wages-free time). In general, the EconGraphs webpage (https://www.econgraphs.org) has helpful interactive visualizations that can aid students in understanding some of the concepts in Unit 3 (such as budget constraints).
    Using AI for this activity: None

Topic 4: Preferences meet constraints: What do we choose?

(Section 3.5, 3.8)
Students put preferences and constraints together to understand how individuals make choices. Here, you may want to remind students of the overarching question (how individuals choose working hours).

Key concept: MRS=MRT

Make sure the students fully appreciate the MRS=MRT condition. While this unit does not require knowledge of calculus, students should be familiar with what “tangency” means (two lines/curves touching but not intersecting). Go through the steps in Figures 3.7a carefully so students know why the tangency point is optimal (rather than any other point in the diagram).

  1. Activity type: Exercise (in-class)
    Activity description: What should Karim do? – It is important that students understand that the graphs in unit 3 describe a situation where a person is making a decision. In order to help solidify this point, one helpful activity is to start at points that are not tangency points and ask “What should the person do?” For example, starting at point B in figure 3.7a, you could ask “how much money would Karim be willing to give up in order to get one more hour of free time?” (That is the MRS – all relevant numbers are provided in Figure 3.7b but the point will still be clear if students estimate by eyeballing the figure). And then “How much money would Karim have to give up in order to get one more hour of free time?” (That is the MRT). And finally, “So what should Karim do?” – the answer is that he should choose to reduce his working hours by that one hour (and then reevaluate to see if he can do even better). Then you can move to point A and ask the same set of questions in reverse.
    Using AI for this activity: Students participate in an interactive discussion facilitated by ChatGPT to explore the Marginal Rate of Substitution (MRS) and Marginal Rate of Transformation (MRT). This activity reinforces the concept of equilibrium in constrained choice problems. By utilizing ChatGPT’s voice feature, the AI verbally explains the significance of MRS=MRT and provides illustrative examples to enhance understanding.
    Example Question:
    “Explain the significance of the MRS-MRT condition in achieving optimal economic choices. Provide examples to illustrate how tangency between indifference curves and feasible frontiers indicates equilibrium.”

Topic 5: What happens when constraints change?

(Section 3.6, 3.7)
This topic is conceptually challenging as it introduces income and substitution effects to analyse wage changes. Note that CORE uses the Hicks-Kaldor decomposition method, where the original feasible boundary is moved to be tangential to the new indifference curve to give the income effect first. Some other texts use the Slutsky decomposition method. Note also that the diagrams in these sections do not start with an x-axis value of 0, which might confuse students. It is possible to skip section 3.7 without loss of continuity.

Key concept: Income effect, substitution effect

Many students find it difficult to translate the definition of income and substitution effects to the feasible set-indifference curve diagram. Emphasise that income effects refer to changes in the size of the feasible set (consumption possibilities) and substitution effects refer to changes in the slope (relative prices). Go through the steps in Figure 3.9 carefully.

  1. Activity type: Poll
    Activity description: Responses to a wage increase – Before defining the concepts of income/substitution effect, ask students how they would respond to a wage increase (work more, work less, no change to working hours). Return to the poll after introducing the concepts, linking their answers to the relative size of the two effects:
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Exercise
    Activity description: Drawing a graph – To help students clearly distinguish between the concepts of income and substitution effect, ask students to draw an example of a wage change where there is 1) an income effect but no substitution effect, 2) a substitution effect but no income effect.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  3. Activity type: Exercise (asynchronous)
    Activity description: IE and SE Video tutorial – Students can watch a helpful video tutorial by Ramin Nassehi based on The Economy 1.0 (section 3.7) which is available here: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=D5M4jiKPo4E
    Using AI for this activity: Students use an AI assistant to create a short story that illustrates the income and substitution effects in the context of working hours. This creative exercise helps students internalize economic concepts through narrative.
    Example Prompt: “Write a short story (300 words) about an individual who receives a significant wage increase and decides how to adjust their working hours. Highlight the income and substitution effects in their decision-making process.”
  4. Activity type: Exercise (asynchronous)
    Activity description: UK’s highest-paid workers spend longest hours on the job (FT article) Available here: https://www.ft.com/content/0556d66a-394d-11ea-a6d3-9a26f8c3cba4. Can you describe the change in working hour patterns of low- and high-income workers by using a feasible set-indifference curve diagram? Discuss factors behind this change that cannot be captured by such diagram.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Topic 6: Explaining working hours

(Section 3.9, 3.10, 3.11, 3.12)
The final sections of Unit 3 apply the model to different empirical scenarios. Section 3.9 explains wage changes within countries over long time periods. Section 3.10 explains how Veblen effects and inequality affect working hours and consumption decisions. Section 3.11 extends the model of individual choice to household decision-making, where gender discrimination in paid work affects how time is allocated within the household. Section 3.12 uses the framework to explain cross-country differences in working hours.

Key concept: Veblen effects

Students should understand that some goods give utility from signalling (conspicuous consumption). Refer to the diagram in Question 3.12 to explain how Veblen effects change the shape of an individual’s indifference curves.

  1. Activity type: Exercise (asynchronous)
    Activity description: Why is everyone so busy? Economist article – https://www.economist.com/christmas-specials/2014/12/20/why-is-everyone-so-busy. Use the concepts of income effect and substitution effect to explain the changes in time use mentioned in the article, and why these changes differ across groups of the population (e.g. rich vs. poor).
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Conspicuous consumption example – As an empirical example of the negative effects of conspicuous consumption, instructors can refer to the article ‘Luxury cars in Switzerland.’: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.joep.2011.08.013 (Findings: in Switzerland, one additional Ferrari or Porsche per 1,000 people would have the same effect on income satisfaction as a 27% reduction in household income, for everyone else in the neighborhood.) Instructors could use this article as a general discussion about how we could measure the negative effects of conspicuous consumption.
    Using AI for this activity: Students use an AI assistant to investigate the concept of Veblen effects and conspicuous consumption by creating visual representations that illustrate how luxury goods (such as cars) serve as status symbols and influence consumer behavior. This creative exercise helps students understand the non-material motivations behind certain economic decisions.
    Example Prompt:
    “Create a piece of art that represents Veblen effects and conspicuous consumption. Use elements like color intensity, symbolic shapes, and contrasting textures to depict how luxury goods function as status symbols and influence consumer choices.”

Key concept: Gender discrimination and the gender division of labour

We assume that adults in the same household have the same preferences and share goods equally, so the model of individual decision-making still applies. Compare Figures 3.21 and 3.22 to illustrate how gender discrimination in paid work affects the household’s choice of consumption and free time.

  1. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Domestic technology and time use – Watch this video where Hans Rosling explains the effect of the washing machine on womens’ free time (in this video). Discuss how improvements in domestic technology affect how we spend our time.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: Differences in preferences can explain cross-country differences in working hours

Students get confused over how we can tell whether representative individuals in different countries are likely to have the same preferences or not. Go through the steps in Figure 3.25, focusing on the US and the Netherlands. Emphasise that indifference curves of different individuals can cross but indifference curves of the same individual can’t cross.

  1. Activity type: Exercise (asynchronous)
    Activity description: Working hours in Sweden – Students should read this article on working hours in Sweden (https://www.bbc.com/news/business-34677949) and then write a short paragraph comparing the feasible sets and indifference curves in Sweden to those of another country, e.g. the UK (mentioned in the article).
    Using AI for this activity: None

Unit 4 teaching guide

Conceptual prerequisites:

  • Constrained optimisation model

Required Building blocks:

  • Sections 3.2-3.5 (constrained choice problems)

Building blocks in this unit:

  • Sections 4.2-4.4 (Game theory and Nash equilibrium)
  • Section 4.5 (Pareto efficiency)
  • Section 4.11 (Ultimatum game)

Unit narrative

  • Fundamental concepts (Section 4.1-4.4)
    Game (players, strategies, payoffs)
    Best response
    Nash equilibrium
    Dominant strategy
  • Social preferences (Section 4.7, 4.9)
    Self-interested preferences
    Social norms
    Altruism, Inequality aversion, Reciprocity
    Lab and field experiments
  • Prisoners’ dilemma game
    (Section 4.4)
    Social dilemma
    Dominant strategy equilibrium
  • Public goods game
    (Section 4.6, 4.8)
    Free-riding
    Repeated interaction
    Experimental evidence
  • Ultimatum game
    (Section 4.10-4.12)
    Simultaneous game; sequential game
    Minimum acceptable offer
    Experimental evidence
  • Coordination games
    (Section 4.13-4.14)
    Conflict of interest
    Hawk-Dove game
    Application: climate policy
  • Evaluating outcomes (Section 4.5)
    Pareto criterion
    Pareto efficiency
    Fairness

What’s important/difficult and how to teach it

Topic 1: Fundamental concepts of game theory

(Section 4.1-4.4)
These sections introduce the fundamental elements of a game (players, strategies, information, and payoffs) and concepts that we can use to predict the outcome of a game (best response, dominant strategy, Nash equilibrium). Section 4.2 and 4.3 introduce a 2×2 game (the “invisible hand” game) where self-interested actions lead to the best outcome for both players. Section 4.4 introduces the prisoners’ dilemma game, an example of a social dilemma (self-interested actions lead to worse outcomes for all players).

Key concept: Social dilemmas

Social dilemmas occur when people do not take adequate account of the effects of their actions on others, whether these are positive or negative. This unit starts and ends with the pressing problem of climate change. You can link climate change back to how we are all connected to the natural environment and biosphere (Unit 1).

  1. Activity type: Exercise (asynchronous)
    Activity description: Identifying social dilemmas – Exercise 4.1 asks students to find examples of social dilemmas in the news. Ask students to formulate these examples as a game, making sure to clearly define each element of the game (e.g. players, strategies, information). Assume that the two players move simultaneously. Rather than numbers, students can give ordinal words to the payoffs, such as “best”, “good”, “bad”, or “worst”.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: Game

Students should know how to define the five elements of a game (players, feasible strategies, order of play, information, payoffs).

  1. Activity type: Exercise (asynchronous); Exercise (in-class)
    Activity description: Identifying the elements of a game – For each game presented in the unit, identify the 5 elements of the game (see Exercise 4.19 for a complete list). Instructors may want to leave this activity until after all the games have been taught, or use this activity as a way to introduce the various games covered in the unit.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Exercise (in-class)
    Activity description: Summary of games in the unit – Have students complete Exercise 4.19 in groups (after covering the entire unit).
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: Best response

When identifying the best responses, the students find it confusing that they need to go row-by-row to find the column player’s best response and vice versa for the row player. Encourage the students to use the ‘dot and circle’ approach taught in Figure 4.2b to identify the best responses. Practice at this stage will facilitate finding Nash equilibria later.
Nash equilibrium (NE): Encourage the students to locate the equilibrium using the dots and circles to find the Nash position in a normal-form game. To help students operationalize NE point out that (i) the equilibrium denotes a position of stability, and (ii) every normal-form game has at least one NE, which will be helpful for checking whether they have done the dot-and-circle approach correctly. The games in The Economy all have at least one pure-strategy Nash equilibrium. Note that CORE does not discuss mixed strategies or randomization (everything is in pure strategies). Figure 4.21 in Section 4.13 uses different payoffs in the crop-choice problem of Anil and Bala than is the case in the invisible hand game in Section 4.2, to produce an outcome where there are two Nash equilibria. Explicitly contrasting these two games makes for a good focus in a lecture.

  1. Activity type: Poll
    Activity description: Changing the Nash equilibrium – To help students practice finding Nash equilibria, change some payoffs in Figure 4.2b and ask if the NE would change (e.g. in a poll, ask students if the NE would change if Anil’s payoffs from (Cassava, Rice) was 5 instead of 6? How about if the payoff was 3?).
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Game theory in the movies – As an extension to Exercise 4.2 (game theory in A Beautiful Mind), ask students to come up with other examples of game theory in movies and TV shows (some examples from “older” films here, with explanations of the game: https://www.gametheory.net/popular/film.html; 10 other examples including “newer” films here, with explanations of the game: http://www.tasteofcinema.com/2016/the-10-best-movies-about-game-theory/) Instructors can also refer to Burke et al. (2018) (http://downloads.journalofeconomicsteaching.org/3/1/1-3.pdf) for further examples.
    Using AI for this activity: Students use an AI assistant to generate a list of relevant academic and reputable sources related to the application of game theory in movies and TV shows. They then evaluate the relevancy and credibility of these sources, enhancing their research skills and understanding of game theory literature within the context of popular media.
    Example Prompt:
    “ChatGPT, generate a list of five academic articles or reputable sources that discuss the application of game theory in movies and TV shows. Provide brief summaries for each source.”

Key concept: Dominant strategy; dominant strategy equilibrium

A dominant strategy exists when there is an entire row or column of circles (using the ‘dot and circle’ approach). Emphasize that not every game has a dominant strategy. The students will need practice to recognize dominant strategies by doing exercises using the diagrammatic approach. It is worth focusing on Nash equilibrium, rather than dominant strategy equilibrium (Section 4.4), as students get confused as to when the concept of ‘dominant strategy equilibrium’ applies whereas the concept of Nash equilibrium is broader.
Prisoners’ dilemma game: The students easily confuse the general concept of ‘a prisoners’ dilemma’ with the specific prisoners’ dilemma game (with strategies Deny and Confess). Emphasize that “prisoners’ dilemma” is a type of game rather than a specific game. Students may also be confused between prisoners’ dilemma and social dilemma (they both have the word “dilemma” in them); social dilemma is the more general concept. Devote time to practice identifying and solving prisoners’ dilemmas, and to reflect on the distinction between them and the invisible hand game in the previous Topic.

  1. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Prisoners’ dilemma in game shows – As an extension to Exercise 4.3 (‘Golden Balls’ game show), students can read and discuss this example of the Prisoner’s Dilemma (the “Friend or Foe” gameshow in the US): https://www.nber.org/system/files/working_papers/w12097/w12097. pdf. Focus on comparing the behaviour of participants with the predictions of economic theory.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Exercise (asynchronous)
    Activity description: Doping in sport – students read this Financial Times article on doping in sport[https://www.ft.com/content/3c0d4538-99c4-11e3-91cd-00144feab7de] and draw a payoff matrix to analyse this situation.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Topic 2: Evaluating outcomes

(Section 4.5)
This section introduces the Pareto criterion as one way to evaluate outcomes from a game (allocations). The limitations of Pareto efficiency and an additional criterion for evaluating outcomes (fairness) are briefly discussed. (Unit 5 elaborates on the concept of fairness).

Key concept: Pareto criterion

According to the Pareto criterion, allocation A is better than allocation B if at least one party would be strictly better off with A than B, and nobody would be worse off. Use the steps in Figure 4.6 to clarify the usage of “Pareto improvement” and “Pareto dominates/dominated”.
Pareto efficiency: Make sure the students understand how to identify Pareto efficient outcomes/allocations i.e. under the outcome shown, no-one can be made better off without someone else being made worse off. Once this concept is understood, separate it from other evaluation criteria: in particular, underscore the distinction between Pareto efficiency and fairness. Highlight the fact that Pareto efficiency is sometimes a very weak criterion on which to base policy decisions and points to resistance to a change in institutional arrangements.

  1. Activity type: Exercise (asynchronous)
    Activity description: Using the Pareto criterion to compare outcomes – Students draw the outcomes of the rice-cassava game and thus verify the statement in the unit about which ones are Pareto efficient and Pareto dominated. Show students the payoff matrix of other 2×2 games in the unit (e.g. the cinema-football game in Question 4.2 or the coordination game in Figure 4.23c) and ask them to draw the outcomes, then assess which outcomes are Pareto efficient and Pareto dominated.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Pareto efficiency in mechanism design – Students read this article from The Economist[https://www.economist.com/finance-and-economics/2007/10/18/intelligent-design]. Discuss the following questions: 1. With reference to the article, explain how Pareto efficiency can be used to design mechanisms. 2. How useful is the concept of Pareto efficiency in evaluating allocations?
    Using AI for this activity: None

Topic 3: Social preferences: types and measurement methods

(Section 4.7, 4.9)
Section 4.7 uses the framework of Unit 3 (indifference curves, feasible frontier) to illustrate how optimal choices differ depending on an individual’s preferences (altruistic vs self-interested). Section 4.9 covers two different methods that economists use to learn about people’s motivations (lab and field experiments), with examples. Note that this unit does not assume that self-interested behavior is in any way expected or ‘correct’. Instead, we appeal to the evidence, reinforcing CORE’s approach of critically appraising theory with real-world evidence and identifying which underlying assumptions need to be relaxed or modified.

Key concept: Social preferences

Social preferences are an explanation for the non-self-interested behavior we observe. Students often infer that social preferences can ‘solve’ social dilemmas, but we usually take preferences as fixed (very difficult to change) so social preferences are not a policy solution (we cannot ‘make’ people more altruistic). Students should also be aware that social preferences are just one potential explanation (usually not the only explanation unless the behavior was observed under a controlled experiment); in some cases, the observed behavior may also be consistent with self-interest (e.g. repeated interaction with punishment).
Altruism: Make it clear that an altruistic preference motivates someone to help others, even at a cost to that person. Students should understand how altruism affects the shape of an individual’s indifference curves and thus an individual’s preference ranking over outcomes/allocations. Use the steps Figures 4.11 and 4.12 to clarify these points.
Experimental methods: Students should be able to explain the usefulness and limitations of experiments. This section is a good opportunity to review some other methods of economic inquiry from earlier units (natural experiment, secondary data).

  1. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Extension of Exercise 4.10 (validity of lab experiments) – Discuss the advantages and limitations of the various ways that economists can investigate real-world questions: lab experiment, field experiments, natural experiments (discussed in Unit 1.10), secondary data (e.g. from government websites or organisations like the World Bank, OECD, and the IMF).
    Using AI for this activity: Students engage in a role-play where ChatGPT assumes the role of a professional economist. They interact with the AI economist to explore and understand the various methods economists use to investigate real-world questions, including lab experiments, field experiments, natural experiments, and secondary data analysis. This activity enhances their comprehension by simulating a mentorship or consultation with an expert, allowing them to critically evaluate the advantages and limitations of each research method.
    Example Prompt:
    “ChatGPT, act as a professional economist and explain the advantages and limitations of lab experiments, field experiments, natural experiments, and secondary data in investigating real-world economic questions. Provide examples of each method to help me understand how they are applied in practice.”

Topic 4: Public goods game

(Section 4.6, 4.8)
Section 4.6 describes the public goods game and compares its predictions to behaviour observed in the real-world (management of common pool resources). Section 4.8 discusses some experimental evidence of how repeated interaction, social norms, and peer punishment affect behaviour in the public goods game.

Key concept: Public goods game

Make sure you play this game BEFORE the students read Sections 4.6 and 4.8. This way, they will not have prior knowledge of the public goods game. If you are running this game in a large class, watch this video of students playing the game in a class of nearly 800 students[http://tinyco.re/5239657].
Altruism, reciprocity, inequality aversion: These concepts have a specific interpretation in Unit 4 (compared to how they may be used in everyday conversation), so make sure that students are familiar with the definitions. To make the distinction between different types of social preferences clear, link them to the public goods experimental evidence (Section 4.8) and get students to identify how the behavior of participants is consistent with each type of social preference (altruism, reciprocity, inequality aversion).

  1. Activity type: Game
    Activity description: Playing the public goods game – Experiencing Economics, a companion text to The Economy, contains instructions on how to play this game[https://www.core-econ.org/experiencing-economics/instructors/book/text/01.html]. The instructor’s version (accessible if you have created a free CORE account) contains homework activities to accompany the experiment.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Exercise (asynchronous)
    Activity description: Analysing behaviour in the public goods game – Exercise 4.9 gets students to analyse data from the public goods game (Figure 4.14). Alternatively, students can analyse the data they collected from playing their own public goods game. Project 2 of Doing Economics [https://www.core-econ.org/doing-economics/book/text/02-01.html] contains a set of Excel/R exercises that can be done individually or as an extended project.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  3. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Cooperation and common pool resources – Have students read Elinor Ostrom’s JEP article [https://pubs.aeaweb.org/doi/pdfplus/10.1257/jep.14.3.137] and discuss the conditions that are required for successful collective action. The article also discusses evolutionary game theory (in a non-technical way); students can learn theories about how social norms develop and evolve.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  4. Activity type: Data; Exercise (asynchronous)
    Activity description: Real-world examples of common pool resources – Read Elinor Ostrom’s article “The Challenge of Common Pool Resources” [https://doi.org/10.3200/ENVT.50.4.8-21]. This article contains some data tables on environmental variables (e.g. fish stocks, forest area) that students can make graphs on. Students can also use game theory concepts to explain why the suggested policy solutions/rules for governance would work.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  5. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Communal resource management – Have students read this Financial Times article on communal resource management in Bali [https://www.ft.com/content/83df61cc-caf2-11e1-8872-00144feabdc0] and discuss: would the system of communal management of resources used in Bali be as effective on a larger scale, say, in a city? Why/why not?
    Using AI for this activity: None
  6. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: The usefulness of managers – Students read this article in The Economist on the impact of managers on worker collaboration [https://www.economist.com/business/2019/10/13/the-usefulness-of-managers]. Discuss the results of the game and explain how the outcomes of the public goods experiments in the unit and in the article depend on players’ incentives and preferences.
    Using AI for this activity: Students engage in a role-play where ChatGPT assumes the role of professional economists with expertise in management theories. They interact with the AI economist to analyze and discuss the findings from the article “The usefulness of managers” published in The Economist. The discussion will explore how these findings relate to historical perspectives on management, referencing economists like Frederick Taylor, known for Scientific Management, and Elton Mayo, known for the Hawthorne Studies. This activity enhances students’ understanding of how historical management theories apply to contemporary organizational behaviors and the role of managers in fostering worker collaboration.
    Example Prompt:
    “ChatGPT, act as a professional economist with expertise in management theories. Discuss from different perspectives how the findings from the article ‘The usefulness of managers’ relate to historical perspectives on management. Reference economists like Frederick Taylor, known for Scientific Management, and Elton Mayo, known for the Hawthorne Studies.”

Topic 5: The ultimatum game

(Section 4.10-4.12)
Sections 4.10 and 4.11 describe the ultimatum game. Section 4.12 shows some experimental evidence (Kenyan farmers and US students) and discusses the potential motivations of the Proposer and Responder. Section 4.12 uses the effect of competition in the ultimatum game to show how institutions (the rules of the game) can affect outcomes.

Key concept: Ultimatum game

Ensure that students can identify the 5 elements of this game. Note that unlike the simultaneous games described in earlier sections, this game is sequential.
Minimum acceptable offer: This term refers to the offer at which the satisfaction of accepting the Proposer’s offer is equal to the satisfaction the Responder would get from refusing the offer and getting no money, but ensuring that the Proposer also gets nothing. The extension to Section 4.11 goes through a numerical example.

  1. Activity type: Poll
    Activity description: Playing the ultimatum game – Play the ultimatum game in class. Alternatively, have a quick polling question asking students how they would behave if they were the Proposer (how much they would offer) or the Responder (minimum offer they would accept). As an extension, ask how students would behave if they were competing with another Responder for the offer. Compare the class results to Figures 4.17, 4.18a, and 4.20.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Poll
    Activity description: Ultimatum game with more than one Proposer – have students discuss how the Proposer/Responder’s behaviour might change if there were two Proposers and one Responder. Use polling questions describing these scenarios (how would students behave if they were the only Proposer? How would students behave if there was one other Proposer?) and compare students’ answers.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  3. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Strikes and the ultimatum game – As an extension to Exercise 4.15, discuss factors that affect the outcomes of this game (types of offers made by Proposer and whether the offers are accepted by the Responder). Have students discuss what’s missing from the setup (e.g. multiple rounds of negotiation, mediation by a third party).
    Using AI for this activity: Students participate in an AI-mediated negotiation to resolve coordination problems. ChatGPT acts as a mediator or a third-party facilitator, helping students negotiate and reach an agreement in a coordination game with conflicting interests. This activity demonstrates how communication and negotiation can help achieve a mutually beneficial equilibrium.
    Example Prompt:
    “ChatGPT, act as a mediator to help us resolve a coordination problem where one group wants to adopt Technology A and another prefers Technology B. Facilitate our negotiation to find a mutually agreeable solution.”
  4. Activity type: Exercise (in-class)
    Activity description: Greek debt negotiations – Have students read this Financial Times article [https://ftalphaville.ft.com/2015/02/18/2119447/greek-games-in-theory-and-practice/] and draw a sequential game to illustrate the situation described. Ask students to give another example of a situation where appearing to act irrationally can provide a higher payoff.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  5. Activity type: Exercise (in-class); Exercise (asynchronous)
    Activity description: Pay negotiations in the NBA – Have students read this article in The Economist on pay negotiations in the NBA [https://www.economist.com/game-theory/2011/11/15/thanks-but-no-thanks] and draw a game tree to illustrate and analyse the potential outcomes of this situation. Discuss/explain how the legal system helps break the deadlock in negotiations.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Topic 6: Coordination games

(Section 4.13-4.14)
These sections present 2×2 games with 2 Nash equilibria (in contrast to games from earlier sections, which had a unique pure-strategy Nash equilibrium). The multiple equilibria create conflicts of interest over which equilibrium to coordinate on. Section 4.14 models climate policy as a coordination game and discusses coordination mechanisms.

Key concept: Coordination games

The choice of climate policy is represented as a specific type of coordination game called the ‘Hawk-Dove’ game (Figure 4.23). In this game, the players want to coordinate on the opposite action from their opponent; in each of the Nash equilibria, (Hawk, Dove) and (Dove, Hawk), the Hawk obtains the higher payoff; but both players choosing Hawk is the worst outcome for both.

  1. Activity type: Exercise (in-class); Exercise (asynchronous)
    Activity description: The climate change game – The unit discusses 4 mechanisms that could affect the climate change game (change in lifestyles, innovation of clean technologies, change in norms, sharing costs of “restrict”). Ask students to redraw Fig 4.23c to illustrate the effect of these mechanisms.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Barriers to climate change action – We have known much about climate change for decades, yet we have done relatively little to stop it. Ask students to identify barriers to climate change action (and explain why). The discussion in Section 20.2 of The Economy[https://www.core-econ.org/the-economy/book/text/20.html#202-climate-change] gives five reasons that make climate change and other environmental problems difficult to tackle.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  3. Activity type: Discussion; Game
    Activity description: Role of culture in playing coordination games – Have students read and discuss this article [https://www.pnas.org/doi/full/10.1073/pnas.1400826111] where researchers compared how people from India and the US play a 3×3 coordination game (with someone of their population and someone of the other population). (The researchers find that the players’ cultural background affects how they play the game.) You could play the game in class.
    Using AI for this activity: Students use an AI assistant to explore how cultural differences influence strategies in coordination games. By simulating behaviors of players from different cultural backgrounds, students analyze how cultural norms and values shape decision-making in coordination scenarios. This activity enhances understanding of the role of culture in strategic interactions.
    Example Prompt:
    “ChatGPT, simulate how players from Japan or England might approach the coordination game in this paper https://www.pnas.org/doi/full/10.1073/pnas.1400826111. Discuss how cultural norms influence their strategies.”
  4. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Driving on the left vs right side of the road – ask students to model this scenario as a coordination game. In 1967, Sweden changed the side of the road that people drive on. Students can read this BBC article and discuss the costs/efforts required to switch the equilibrium (https://www.bbc.com/worklife/article/20180417-a-thrilling-mission-to-get-the-swedish-to-change-overnight). This 1.30-minute video explains how history influenced the side of the road that countries drive on[https://www.businessinsider.com/uk-china-countries-drive-left-side-road-traffic-ancient-rome-sword-fight-2016-12?r=US&IR=T]
    Using AI for this activity: None
  5. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: The Montreal protocol – Students read this article from The Economist article [https://www.economist.com/international/2016/09/24/to-coldly-go]. Discussion questions: 1. Use the game theory framework in the unit to explain the environmental outcomes of Montreal protocol. 2. Evaluate the success of the Montreal protocol in mitigating climate change.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  6. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: NATO and international coordination – Have students read this article in The Economist article on NATO [https://www.economist.com/special-report/2019/03/14/nato-members-promise-of-spending-2-of-their-gdp-on-defence-is-proving-hard-to-keep]. In groups, use the concepts discussed in the unit to explain why the NATO agreement is not as successful as its members hoped it would be.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: Conflicts of interest

A conflict of interest occurs in a coordination game if players in the game would prefer different Nash equilibria. Sections 4.13 and 4.14 discuss various ways to change the rules of the game to resolve these conflicts of interest (e.g. transfers between players, sequential moving).

  1. Activity type: Game
    Activity description: Resolving coordination problems – Exercise 4.16 asks students to consider some ways of resolving the coordination problem in Figure 4.22. As an extension, get students to play the game under some of these conditions (e.g. with/without negotiations) and compare the outcomes.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Equilibrium selection – As an extension to Exercise 4.17 (the web browser wars), ask students to come up with other examples of competing products/technologies (e.g. QWERTY vs Dvorak keyboard, Apple vs Android smartphones, social network sites) and explain the factors that led to one equilibrium being selected over another (or one technology becoming dominant).
    Using AI for this activity: None

Unit 5 teaching guide

Required Building blocks:

  • Constrained choice problems (sections 3.2 – 3.5)
  • Game theory and Nash equilibrium (sections 4.2 to 4.4)
  • Section 1.6 – Production functions and diminishing APL
  • Section 4.5 – Pareto Efficiency
  • Also required – section 4.11 – Ultimatum game

Building blocks in this unit:

  • Section 5.12 – The Gini coefficient

Unit narrative

  • Institutions (section 5.2)
    Institutions
    Power
  • Criteria for evaluating an allocation
    Pareto efficiency (unit 4, section 4.5)
    Fairness (section 5.3)
  • Angela and Bruno
    – setting up the model (Section 5.4)
    Preferences
    Technology
  • Baseline case – Angela as an independent farmer (Section 5.5)
  • Case 1: Forced Labour (Section 5.6)
  • Case 2: A take-it-or-leave-it contract (Section 5.7)
  • Case 3: Bargaining in a democracy
    (Sections 5.8, 5.9)
  • Lessons Learned
    (Sections 5.10)
  • Inequality
    Endowments, technology and institutions (Section 5.11)
    Measuring inequality (Section 5.12)
    Promoting equality and efficiency – Operation Barga (section 5.13)
  • Application: Bargaining over wages,
    pollution and jobs (Section 5.14)

What’s important/difficult and how to teach it

Topic 1: introduction

(Sections 5.1 – 5.3)
How do institutions influence the allocation of a good between parties? How do we evaluate such an allocation in terms of efficiency and fairness?

Key concept: Institutions, rules of the game

Another common source of confusion is the term institutions. Institutions in the text do not refer to the layman’s definition of physical buildings or organizations. Rather, institutions are the “rules of the game”. You should explicitly mention these misconceptions.

  1. Activity type: Game
    Activity description: Fishing game – two versions. To demonstrate the importance of institutions and how a change in institutional arrangements can change the outcomes of a game, instructors could play two versions of the fishing game with their students – available on classEx (classEx.de – you will need to register). Students can see how playing the game with and without punishment can lead to dramatically different outcomes.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Game; Poll
    Activity description: Ultimatum game vs Dictator game – To illustrate how institutions can affect outcomes, have students play both the ultimatum game and dictator game, then compare the results. Alternatively instructors could have a quick poll asking students how they would behave (as the Proposer) in both scenarios.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  3. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Student clubs and societies – Instructors could ask students about the institutions that govern the clubs and societies they belong to on campus. For example: what is the role of the president, how are they selected, does anyone in the club have veto power over decisions? (Depending on the way students discuss the workings of their clubs, this may also provide an opportunity to distinguish between institutions and culture).
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: Structural power and bargaining power

structural power has to do with one’s own reservation option (next best alternative) and the ability to influence the other player’s reservation option. Once the reservation options of the two players have determined the most and least that each player can attain (such that the interaction will take place), bargaining power determines how the surplus is divided between the two players.

  1. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Structural and bargaining power – Can you think of people or groups who have a strong reservation option in a specific situation? Or a weak reservation option? For example, immigrant workers whose residency depends on their employer may have a weak reservation option because if they lose the job they may have to leave the country. A worker with specialized skills may have a strong reservation option because if they decline a job offer, they are likely to have another offer. But the employer may also have other qualified candidates. In the process of interviewing the worker and making an offer, what could the firm possibly do to increase their bargaining power? Another case to discuss could be an entrepreneur who wanted to sell their business – under what circumstances might they have structural power? What factors might affect their bargaining power?
    Using AI for this activity: Students engage in a simulated negotiation exercise using an AI assistant to explore concepts of structural and bargaining power. The AI takes on the role of a negotiation partner with varying levels of reservation options. Through multiple negotiation scenarios, students experience how different reservation options and bargaining strategies impact the division of surplus. This activity helps students understand how power dynamics influence economic interactions and outcomes.
    Example Prompt:
    “ChatGPT, let’s simulate a negotiation where I’m an employee with specialized skills, and you’re an employer making a job offer. I have other job offers lined up. Let’s negotiate the salary and discuss how our reservation options affect the bargaining process.”

Key concept: Pareto efficiency

Pareto efficiency is defined in section 4.5 (unit 4). Students may have their own interpretations of what efficiency means. Stress clearly the way that economists use the term and its relevance. Draw attention to the glossary and the importance of precision in the use of this term.

  1. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Application of Pareto efficiency – Have students read this article in The Economist about Pareto efficiency and mechanism design: https://www.economist.com/finance-and-economics/2007/10/18/intelligent-design. To discuss: 1) With reference to the article, explain how Pareto efficiency can be used to design mechanisms. 2) How useful is the concept of Pareto efficiency in evaluating allocations?
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: Fairness

The text puts emphasis on substantive and procedural fairness but there can be multiple conceptions of what is fair. Stress the latter to avoid confusion among students with the use of the term. Referring to the examples in Section 5.3 to clarify the distinction between substantive and procedural fairness helps.

  1. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Fairness – Exercise 5.4 (splitting the profits in a partnership) would make a good discussion activity. You could create a poll which allows student to select their most preferred option (and then in a second poll their least preferred option). Display the results to the class to stimulate discussion on the meaning of fairness. There is no definitive answer. The students will have to debate the good and bad points of the alternatives based on the concepts of substantive and procedural fairness.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Bankers’ bonuses and fairness – Have students read this article in The Economist about banker’s bonuses in the EU: https://www.economist.com/finance-and-economics/2013/03/09/tilting-the-playing-field. Discuss: Using the concepts of substantive and procedural fairness, discuss whether you think bankers’ bonuses are fair. Do you think bankers’ bonuses should be capped?
    Using AI for this activity: None

Topic 2: Angela and Bruno: Three Cases (sections 5.4 to 5.10)

A set of cases where the players preferences and the technological constrsaints are held constant, but the rules of the game differ, resulting in different outcomes.

Key concept: Production function and feasible frontier

it is important that students understand where the feasible frontier comes from: it is determined by the available technology (reflected in the production function). It may be helpful to draw out the production function and the feasible frontier point by point (using the numbers provided in the text), and side by side. Note that in order to avoid confusing, a change in technology which would push out the production function has not been included in this unit, so that everything except for the changing institutions is held constant.

  1. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Context-specific examples – The cases in this unit discuss institutional frameworks that have been common throughout history and have been manifested in different ways in different places. This presents an opportunity for instructors to include material that is specific to their own context (please also feel free to share this on the community forum to help out other teachers in a similar context!). Context-specific data or examples could be tailored to facilitiate class discussion.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Reservation option of low-wage workers – Have students read this Financial Times article about the reservation option of sweatshop workers: https://www.ft.com/content/2d9d8c2a-958d-11e6-a80e-bcd69f323a8b. Use the concepts in the Angela-Bruno framework to discuss what the experiment conducted on Ethiopian manufacturing workers suggests about the workers’ reservation option and outcomes of the worker-employer interaction.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: Allocation vs outcome

in this unit, the term allocation is used to describe any point which demonstrate Angela’s hours of free time, as well as Angela and Bruno’s bushels of grain, respectively. The term outcome is only used to describe an allocation that is the final result of an interaction.

  1. Activity type: Exercise (asynchronous)
    Activity description: Sharecropping – This brief introduction and set of videos discusses the transition, in the US south, from chattel slavery to sharecropping at the end of the US Civil War, and the similarities between the two systems. https://www.pbs.org/tpt/slavery-by-another-name/themes/sharecropping/. Writing exercise – Write a few sentences, based on the information and videos on the above webpage, about why sharecropping could be “slavery by another name.”. Discuss which of the cases in unit 5 would describe the situation of sharecropping most accurately. (Note to instructors – case 2 – the take-it-or-leave-it contract – discusses a fixed rent, this is easier to portray than sharecropping because under sharecropping the tenant pays a share of the output rather than a fixed rent. However, the key question for students is the extent to which farmers could walk away from the “offer”).
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: Quasi-linearity

Students do not necessarily need to know this term or its technical definition, but they should understand that in order to make the diagrams less complicated, all we are doing is holding MRS constant at each level of free time, as utility changes. Due to the optical illusion that the vertical distance between indifference curves seems to get wider as you move from left to right, it would be good to encourage students to take a moment to check this, so they are really convinced that the vertical distance between the indifference curves is constant at each level of hours of leisure.

  1. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Consider the institutional arrangements around you. For example, think about an interaction between two economic actors (landlord/tenant, employer/employee, firm/customer) and then think about the institutional arrangements that govern that specific interaction. In what ways do you think the allocation of resources and final goods that you observe in daily life is influenced by those institutional arrangements? (You may want to research relevant laws in your country/region.)
    Using AI for this activity: Students select a historical case where institutional arrangements changed significantly (e.g., the end of serfdom in Europe, the abolition of slavery in the United States, the shift from communism to capitalism in Eastern Europe). They analyze how these changes impacted the production function, feasible frontier, reservation options, and surplus distribution. Example Prompt: “ChatGPT, provide an overview of the economic changes that occurred during the abolition of slavery in the USA.”

Key concept: Pareto Efficiency

Make sure the students understand why the outcome resulting from slavery in this context is Pareto efficient: under the outcome shown, no-one can be made better off without someone else being made worse off—the definition of Pareto efficiency. Once this concept is understood, separate it from other evaluation criteria: in particular, underscore the distinction between Pareto efficiency and fairness. This highlights the fact that Pareto efficiency is sometimes a very weak criterion on which to base policy decisions and points to resistance to a change in institutional arrangements.
Pareto efficiency curve (PEC): These terms do not sound technical, yet they have precise interpretations:
a) Every point that is not on the PEC is dominated by at least one point on the PEC
b) Points on the PEC are not Pareto-dominated by any other points.
The curve is vertical and linear because of the quasi-linearity assumptions on preferences. Remind students that this is a simplification, but the economics behind the PEC is general. The PEC is often referred to as the ‘contract curve’ in other texts.

  1. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Resistance – Case 1 shows that the outcome under forced labour is Pareto efficient. Ask students to discuss why proposals which would move away from a Pareto-efficient allocation are likely to face resistance. Can they think of any real-life examples of this kind of resistance?
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Exercise (asynchronous)
    Activity description: Effects of immigration – Have students read this article in The Economist about migrant labour in developed countries: https://www.economist.com/special-report/2016/09/29/needed-but-not-wanted. Activities: 1) Use the Angela-Bruno framework in the unit to analyse the possible effects of immigration on the reservation indifference curve and distribution of the surplus. 2) Evaluate the costs and benefits of stricter migration restrictions.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  3. Activity type: Exercise (asynchronous)
    Activity description: Application to the gig economy – Article in The Economist about working in the gig economy vs traditional companies: https://www.economist.com/finance-and-economics/2018/10/04/worries-about-the-rise-of-the-gig-economy-are-mostly-overblown. To discuss: 1) Using the information in the article and the Angela-Bruno framework in the unit, compare the reservation indifference curve and division of the surplus of a worker in the gig economy to a worker in a traditional company. 2) To what extent are workers in traditional companies better off than workers in the gig economy?
    Using AI for this activity: None
  4. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Overwork and Pareto (in)efficiency – Have students read this article in the Financial Times about overwork and Pareto inefficiency: https://www.ft.com/content/b4ae605a-99ce-11e6-8f9b-70e3cabccfae. Discuss: 1) How could firms, industries or countries get stuck in a potentially inefficient habit of overwork? 2) What is meant by the term ‘productivity’? Why might increasing hours work damage productivity?
    Using AI for this activity: None

Topic 3: measuring, understanding and addressing inequality

Instructors who want to put an emphasis on environmental considerations may like to take time to work through the environmental bargaining application thoroughly. It demonstrates that the principles demonstrated by the story of Angela and Bruno are also relevant and useful in other contexts.

Key concept: Gini coefficients

Gini coefficients are a commonly used measure of inequality. This section introduces how they are calculated. The section on Operation Barga provides an example of a policy which increased inequality, thereby reducing the Gini coefficient.

  1. Activity type: Exercise (asynchronous)
    Activity description: Political consequences of inequality – Have students read this Financial Times article about how income inequality in the UK affected the Brexit vote: https://www.ft.com/content/24e88c30-bc5f-11e6-8b45-b8b81dd5d080. To discuss: 1) Choose one of the graphs in the article and describe, in your opinion, the most interesting feature. 2) Explain what is meant by the Gini coefficient. Explain what the article suggests has happened to income inequality since the 1970s. (Instructors can also ask students to look up income inequality statistics for their country or a country of their choice and compare it with those in the article).
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Exercise (asynchronous)
    Activity description: Taxation and income inequality – Have students read these articles in The Economist discussing the effect of taxation on income inequality across countries: https://www.economist.com/graphic-detail/2019/04/13/american-inequality-reflects-gross-incomes-as-much-as-taxes; https://www.economist.com/finance-and-economics/2017/10/19/higher-taxes-can-lower-inequality-without-denting-economic-growth. Activities: 1) Choose two countries mentioned in the article and/or in the unit and suggest reasons for the observed differences in pre-tax and post-tax inequality. You may find it helpful to research the tax and benefit systems of those countries.2) Based on the information in the article and in the unit, to what extent is low post-tax inequality a result of government redistribution? Explain the challenges involved with designing a tax system that effectively reduces inequality.
    Using AI for this activity: Students participate in a role-playing simulation where they act as policymakers tasked with reducing income inequality in a virtual economy. An AI assistant provides real-time feedback on proposed policies, simulates economic outcomes, and challenges students to consider the trade-offs and unintended consequences of their decisions.
    Example Prompt:
    “ChatGPT, I’m acting as the finance minister of a country facing high income inequality and slow economic growth. I propose increasing the top marginal tax rate and investing in education and healthcare. Can you simulate the potential impacts of these policies on the economy and society over the next five years?”
  3. Activity type: Data
    Activity description: Working with data visualizations – CORE Econ’s data visualizations for wealth and income are a great tool – available at https://www.core-econ.org/visualizations/ Students can construct their own “skyscraper” diagrams and compare countries according to some measures of inequality. The interface guides students through step by step while also providing flexibility so that students can explore different countries according to their interests. (Instructors who used this activity in Unit 1 can ask students to focus on using the measures of inequality to make comparisons across countries and time.)
    Using AI for this activity: None
  4. Activity type: Extension
    Activity description: Learn more about inequality – For additional material on measuring and tackling inequality, instructors can refer to the following:
    1) The Economy 1.0, Unit 19 (https://www.core-econ.org/the-economy/book/text/19.html)
    2) CORE Econ’s Insight on inequality (https://www.core-econ.org/insights/a-world-of-differences/text/01.html)
    3) CORE Econ’s LabXchange course on inequality (https://www.labxchange.org/library/pathway/lx-pathway:947bd402-9d3a-40f0-bcac-31c660f34459)
    CORE Econ’s ‘Economic inequality pathway’, a learning experience assembled like a storyline, which users can go through at their own pace. It consists of slideline figures, text, and items of assessment with immediate feedback which illustrate concepts related to economic inequality.
    Each of these resources are approximately one week’s worth of reading/work.
    Using AI for this activity: Students create a personalized, self-paced learning journey on income and wealth inequality with the assistance of an AI tutor. The AI curates content from CORE Econ’s resources, including interactive modules, articles, videos, and assessments. It adapts to the student’s progress, offering explanations, quizzes, and feedback to reinforce understanding and address knowledge gaps.
    Example Prompt:
    “ChatGPT, I want to deepen my understanding of global wealth inequality and its impact on economic development. Can you create a personalized learning plan using resources from CORE Econ’s Insight on inequality and the LabXchange course? Include interactive activities and quizzes to help me test my knowledge as I progress.”

Unit 6 teaching guide

Conceptual prerequisites:

  • Constrained optimisation model; Nash equilibrium

Required Building blocks:

  • Section 2.2 (economic decisions: opportunity costs, and economic rents and incentives)
  • Section 2.3 (comparative advantage, specialization, and markets)
  • Sections 3.2-3.5 (constrained choice problems)
  • Sections 4.2-4.3 (game theory and Nash equilbrium)

Building blocks in this unit:

  • Section 6.6 (incomplete contracts, principals and agents)

Unit narrative

  • Firms: Organizational structure and incentives (Section 6.1-6.3, 6.6)
    Separation of ownership and control
    Wage-labour contract
    Incomplete contracts; enforceable contracts
    Asymmetric information
    Principal-agent problem
  • The labour market (Section 6.4)
    Labour force
    Labour market flows
    Unemployment rate
    Firm-specific assets
  • Labour discipline model (Section 6.5, 6.7-6.9)
    Reservation wage; Reservation wage curve
    Employment rent
    Unemployment benefit
    No-shirking condition; No-shirking wage
  • Wage-setting model (Section 6.10-6.13)
    No-shirking wage curve
    Feasible set; isoprofit curves
    Search unemployment; involuntary unemployment
    Labour market (monopsony) power
    Minimum wage
  • Worker-owned cooperatives (Section 6.14)
    Cooperative firm

What’s important/difficult and how to teach it

Topic 1: Firms: Organizational structure and incentives

(Section 6.1-6.3, 6.6)
Sections 6.1-6.3 explain how the firm’s decision-making and information structures can result in misaligned incentives between owners, managers, and workers. Section 6.6 explains why the lack of relevant information and incomplete contracts result in a principal-agent problem between employer and employee.

Key concept: Separation of ownership and control

Examine the structure of firms (Figure 6.1) and the division of power between owners and managers. Follow with a discussion of information asymmetry in the context of the separation of owners (the residual claimants of profit) and managers (who are usually responsible for the performance of the firm but are not residual claimants). The relationship between the employee and the firm can be seen as an extension of the same logic.

  1. Activity type: Discussion; Exercise (in-class)
    Activity description: Outsourcing responsibility – Have students watch this (5-minute) Richard Freeman video [https://youtu.be/2Zm5ZLMKhgQ] about outsourcing responsibility and the boundaries of the firm. Use the following questions to reinforce the concept of incomplete information in incomplete contracts: 1) explain what is meant by the phrase ‘you can’t outsource responsibility’ in the video. Do you agree? 2) Find one real-world example of a problem that has occurred when responsibility has been outsourced (look, for example, at recent news articles).
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Short-termism in companies – Instructors can divide students into groups and assign each group one of the following articles to read on short-termism in companies. Groups can then feed back to the class. students can read the following articles: 1) Harvard Business review article [https://hbr.org/2017/12/the-real-reasons-companies-are-so-focused-on-the-short-term]; 2) McKinsey report on the negative effects of short-termism [https://www.mckinsey.com/mgi/overview/in-the-news/the-case-against-corporate-short-termism]; 3) ESMA article on causes of short-termism, with survey evidence [https://www.esma.europa.eu/sites/default/files/trv_2020_1-short_termism_pressures_from_financial_markets.pdf].
    Using AI for this activity: Students use ChatGPT to identify and summarize recent examples of short-termism in corporations. They then compare their findings with insights from academic articles (e.g., McKinsey, HBR).
    Example Prompt:
    “ChatGPT, provide three recent examples of companies that have faced challenges due to short-termism. Summarize the issues and explain how they relate to the separation of ownership and control.”
  3. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Short-termism and stock prices – Students read this Financial Times article [https://www.ft.com/content/fc3d707c-3e60-11de-9a6c-00144feabdc0] and discuss the following question: Is a company’s stock price always a good indicator of the strength of its performance and strategy?
    Using AI for this activity: None
  4. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Shareholders and the separation of ownership and control – Have students read this article from The Economist [https://www.economist.com/business/2019/05/30/why-managers-should-listen-to-shareholders] and discuss the following: 1) With reference to the article, explain the role of shareholders in addressing the problems arising from the separation of firm ownership and control. 2) Evaluate the costs and benefits of greater shareholder participation in company decision-making.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  5. Activity type: Data
    Activity description: Management practices in firms – Project 6 of Doing Economics teaches students about how economists can measure management practices in firms. Part 6.1 shows students how to calculate descriptive statistics and compare management scores across countries [https://www.core-econ.org/doing-economics/book/text/06-02.html#part-61-looking-for-patterns-in-the-survey-data]. Instructors can set a few questions for homework or an in-class exercise.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  6. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Causal relationship between management practices and firm performance – Students can read and discuss the results of Bloom et al. (2013) [https://www.nber.org/system/files/working_papers/w16658/ w16658.pdf], which discusses a randomised field experiment in an Indian textile factory. (Pages 9-10 describe the experiment details, and Figure 12 shows the main results).
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: Wage-labour contract

Students should understand how wage-labour contracts different from “contracts” in consumption goods markets.

  1. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Why do firms exist? – Students read this article in The Economist article on Coase’s theory of the firm [https://www.economist.com/economics-brief/2017/07/27/coases-theory-of-the-firm]. Discuss the following questions: 1) Using the information in the article and in the unit, compare and contrast the nature of interactions in markets and in firms. 2) If markets are so good at directing resources, why do firms exist?
    Using AI for this activity: Students use ChatGPT to identify key papers related to Coase’s theory of the firm and explore their core arguments. After reading the AI-suggested summaries or excerpts from these papers, students share their interpretations. ChatGPT then provides corrective feedback to refine their understanding and connect the theories to real-world applications.
    Example Prompt:
    “ChatGPT, can you provide three academic papers or key readings related to Coase’s theory of the firm? Include brief summaries for each paper to help me understand their main arguments and relevance to the topic.
    Once I’ve read them, I’ll share my understanding of each. Could you then correct any misconceptions I might have and highlight the connections between these ideas?”

Key concept: Incomplete contracts

To explain what makes a contract ‘incomplete’, refer to the nature of the employment relationship (usually long-term, so impossible to predict all future events that may arise and include them in the contract) and the nature of the tasks (effort cannot be perfectly quantified or measured). Use real-world examples by relating to the activity in the student-facing course in which the students choose a job title. Ask them to compare the incentives of the firm and the worker and think about how the contract is incomplete. Emphasize that in an incomplete contract not all relevant information is available: firms cannot perfectly monitor each worker’s effort, and the tasks required cannot be fully specified.

  1. Activity type: Game
    Activity description: The incomplete contracts game (requires instructors to log into their free CORE instructor’s account) – Instructors can download a PDF of this game [https://www.core-econ.org/experiencing-economics/instructors/book/text/50-01-other-experiments.html#incomplete-contracts] to play in class.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: Principal-agent problem

Students should understand the conflict of interest that arises between the profit-maximising employer (principal) and the effort-minimising employee (agent). Principal-agent problems arise because the relevant information is either asymmetric or non-verifiable. In the employment relationship, the employer can use employment rents as an incentive for employees to work hard (discussed in subsequent sections).

  1. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Voting rights and the principal-agent problem – Students read this Financial Times article [https://www.ft.com/content/ab860f60-5f5b-11e8-ad91-e01af256df68] and discuss the costs and benefits of an unequal voting rights model that gives management disproportionate control of a company.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Dispersed shareholding in publicly-listed companies – Have students read this article from The Economist article [https://www.economist.com/business/2013/03/02/companies-moral-compasses] and answer the following: 1) To what extent is the separation of ownership and control a problem when contracts are incomplete, and how can the principal-agent relationship between owners and managers be managed well? 2) Analyse the potential costs and benefits of dispersed shareholding.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Topic 2: The labour market

(Section 6.4)
This section describes the labour market, focusing on transitions between employment and unemployment (Figure 6.3). This section also explains why the labour market is different from markets for consumption goods.
(Section 6.1-6.3, 6.6)

Key concept: Firm-specific assets

These refer to skills, networks, and friendships that are specific to an employment relationship (so value is lost to both sides if the employee leaves). Students should understand why both employer and employee benefit from a long-term employment relationship.

  1. Activity type: Poll
    Activity description: What do employees value about their job? – Instructors can find employee surveys about what they value in their job and ask students to guess or rank these aspects. (Examples – CIPHR for the UK [https://www.ciphr.com/survey-infographic-the-benefits-incentives-employees-value-most] and Gallup for the US [https://www.gallup.com/workplace/389807/top-things-employees-next-job.aspx]). Instructors can also poll students on what they would value in their ideal job after graduation, and compare the results to actual employee surveys. This exercise can illustrate the importance of finding a good match between employer and employee (different people value different things in a job).
    Using AI for this activity: ChatGPT acts as an employee providing feedback on organizational policies. Students, role-playing as managers, must interpret the feedback and propose changes to improve productivity and alignment with firm goals.
    Example Prompt:
    “ChatGPT, pretend you’re an employee frustrated with the current bonus system. Explain your concerns, and I’ll propose adjustments to improve motivation and fairness.”
  2. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Non-compete agreements – Have students read this article from The Economist[https://www.economist.com/finance-and-economics/2018/05/17/lawmakers-are-trying-to-curb-contracts-that-make-it-harder-to-change-jobs] and discuss the following questions: 1) To what extent are relationship-specific and firm-specific assets a plausible explanation for the widespread use of non-compete agreements in America? 2) Analyse the costs and benefits of non-compete agreements on firms, workers, and the whole economy.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: Labour force; unemployment rate

This section mentions some macroeconomic concepts, but detailed explanations are left to Volume II. Figure 6.4 uses empirical data to illustrate actual labour market flows and shows how to calculate some labour market statistics (e.g., working-age population, unemployment rate) without providing definitions.

  1. Activity type: Data
    Activity description: Labour market flows – Ask students to redraw Figure 6.4 using data from a different country of their choice (useful data sources include the ILO[https://ilostat.ilo.org] and the OECD websites[https://www.oecd-ilibrary.org/employment/data/oecd-employment-and-labour-market-statistics_lfs-data-en]). Students can then calculate and compare the labour market statistics and discuss possible reasons for the similarities/differences observed.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Topic 3: Labour discipline model

(Section 6.5, 6.7-6.9)
These sections represent the social interaction between employer and employee as a game, called the labour discipline model. Sections 6.7-6.8 discuss the determinants of the employee’s payoffs and decision to work or shirk, particularly the reservation wage. These sections use concepts from Unit 2 (economic rent) and Unit 4 (social interactions), though emphasis is placed on “expected” or “average” values when making decisions because players do not know exactly what will happen (e.g. how long it will take to find a job and what the pay in the new job will be).

Key concept: Reservation wage

The reservation wage gives the worker the same value as his/her reservation option (e.g., remain unemployed and continue job searching). Students should be able to identify individual and economy-wide factors that affect a worker’s reservation option (e.g. unemployment benefits). It is important to note that reservation wages differ across workers (as shown by the reservation wage curve). Students should be familiar with the equation for a worker’s reservation wage (Section 6.8).
Reservation wage curve (Figure 6.6): This curve shows wage required to employ a given number of workers and indicates the range of reservation wages of workers hired – at any point, the reservation wage of all workers hired is less than or equal to wage shown on the curve. The reservation wage curve slopes upwards because if the firm raises the wage, workers with higher reservation wages will accept a job offer and the firm can hire more workers.

  1. Activity type: Data; Discussion
    Activity description: Unemployment insurance around the world – The following webpages contain information about unemployment insurance generosity in various countries: OECD (https://data.oecd.org/benwage/benefits-in-unemployment-share-of-previous-income.htm); International Labour Organization (https://www.ilo.org/global/about-the-ilo/newsroom/news/WCMS_007901/lang--en/index.htm). In groups, students could use this information to discuss how the reservation wages of workers may differ across countries and groups in society (e.g. gender, age, type of occupation).
    Using AI for this activity: Students analyze how unemployment insurance affects reservation wages across different countries. Using OECD and ILO data, they investigate factors like gender, age, and occupation. This activity helps students understand global differences in labour market policies and their impact on workers’ decisions.
    Example Prompt:
    “ChatGPT, summarize unemployment insurance policies in Germany, the US, and Japan. Compare how these policies might influence reservation wages for workers of different age groups or occupations. Highlight key similarities and differences.”

Key concept: Employment rent

The employment rent is the net benefit from the job minus the net benefit of being unemployment. Students should know that the employment rent is a type of economic rent (refer to Section 2.2). Figures 6.8a and 6.8b explain how to calculate the employment rent.

  1. Activity type: Exercise (asynchronous)
    Activity description: Employment rent calculations – for additional practice, instructors could ask students to complete the Exercise 6.5 with different numbers or use different scenarios.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: Labour discipline model

The employee’s decision to put in the required effort or shirk depends on whether the no-shirking condition is satisfied (the net payoff from working hard minus the net payoff from shirking). In the Nash equilibrium of the game, the employer thus chooses the wage that exactly satisfies this condition (no-shirking wage), and the employee exerts the required effort. Instructors can refer to Sections 4.1-4.4 to remind students of the relevant concepts.
No-shirking wage: The no-shirking wage is the employee’s reservation wage plus the cost of effort plus the employment rent. Students should know that the no-shirking wage is always above the reservation wage (an important fact in subsequent sections), and be familiar with the equation (Section 6.9).

  1. Activity type: Exercise (in-class)
    Activity description: Labour discipline model as a game – As a warm-up exercise, ask students to identify the 5 elements of a game (players, feasible strategies, information, sequence of play, payoffs) for the labour discipline model.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Data
    Activity description: The no-shirking wage – as an extension to Exercise 6.6, ask students to draw Figure 6.9 for specific values of h, w, c, s, and w_r. Then ask them to do comparative statics by changing the values of these variables and explain (using the diagram and intuition) how the no-shirking wage changes.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  3. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Employee monitoring technologies – Exercise 6.8 links to two studies on the effects of employee monitoring technologies. Instructors can supplement this exercise with this article from The Economist on labour-saving technologies [https://www.economist.com/finance-and-economics/2018/03/01/labour-monitoring-technologies-raise-efficiency-and-hard-questions].
    Using AI for this activity: None

Topic 4: Wage-setting model

(Section 6.10-6.13)
These sections use the constrained optimization framework of Unit 3 to model the firm’s wage-setting decision. The no-shirking wage curve represents the firm’s feasible set, isoprofit curves represent the firm’s preferences, and the firm’s profit-maximising choice is at the tangency of the two. Section 6.13 uses this framework to show how a minimum wage affects the firm’s profit-maximising choice.

Key concept: No-shirking wage curve (Figure 6.12)

This curve is derived from the labour discipline model (Section 6.9) and represents the firm’s feasible set. Students should understand why the no-shirking wage is above the reservation wage and why the reservation wage curve cannot be the firm’s feasible set (all employees whose reservation wage is between the no-shirking wage curve and reservation wage curve will accept the job offer but shirk). Figure 6.19 illustrates how the minimum wage affects the no-shirking wage curve.
Search unemployment; Involuntary unemployment: Students should know the difference between these two sources of unemployment. Search unemployment (also known as frictional unemployment) arises from search and matching costs. Involuntary unemployment arises from the labour discipline problem because firms must set wages to provide incentives for effort. Figure 6.17 shows how to find the size of involuntary unemployment in the wage-setting diagram.
Labour market power: Section 6.12 discusses two forms of power that firms have – labour market (monopsony) power (the firm’s power to hold down wages by restricting employment), and “power over others” (using the threat of employment termination to induce the required effort). Students should understand this distinction and how these two forms of power are related.

  1. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: The “Great Resignation” – Instructors could turn Exercise 6.10 into a group discussion by dividing students into groups and assigning each group one of the three articles to complete the exercise on. For a longer assignment, instructors could ask students to choose a country and find articles to compare the labour market effects of the COVID-19 pandemic with that of the US (described in Exercise 6.10).
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Exercise (asynchronous)
    Activity description: Productivity during the global financial crisis – Exercise 6.11 asks students to draw diagrams to illustrate the results from an economic study. As an extension, instructors can ask students to compare the labour market effects of the global financial crisis and the COVID-19 pandemic (linking Exercises 6.10 and 6.11). Students can read the following articles for ideas: Shibata (2021) [https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC9183946/] and Verick et al. (2021) [https://doi.org/10.1111/ilr.12230]. These articles also discuss the effects of both crises on inequality.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  3. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: The UK’s national living wage – Have students read this article from The Economist on working poverty in the UK [https://www.economist.com/britain/2016/06/25/when-a-job-is-not-enough] and analyse (using an appropriate diagram) the likely effects of the national living wage on employment rents, employment, and inequality.
    Using AI for this activity: Students analyze the effects of the UK’s National Living Wage on inequality, employment rents, and labour market outcomes. Using AI, they develop diagrams and case studies to illustrate the policy’s impact.
    Example Prompt:
    “ChatGPT, analyze the impact of the UK’s National Living Wage on labour market outcomes. Explain how it affects employment rents and inequality, using diagrams and real-world examples to support your analysis.”

Topic 5: Worker-owned cooperatives

(Section 6.14)
This section introduces worker-owned cooperatives (cooperative firms) as another way of organizing labour and provides comparisons with traditional firms (Sections 6.1-6.3).

Key concept: Cooperative firm

Students should know how the organizational and incentive structures of cooperative firms differ from those of traditional firms (Sections 6.1-6.3).

  1. Activity type: Exercise (asynchronous)
    Activity description: Role of cooperatives in the economy – As an extension to Exercise 6.13, instructors can ask students to research the prevalence and characteristics of worker-owned cooperatives in a country/countries of their choice, and produce a short presentation or report.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Incentives in cooperative firms – Have students read this Financial Times article on John Lewis-style partnerships and the future of firms [https://www.ft.com/content/30ca497e-438a-11e1-9f28-00144feab49a]. Discussion question: Why have stock incentive schemes in the financial industry not historically resulted in the same successful alignment of interests as the John Lewis partnership model?
    Using AI for this activity: None
  3. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Cooperative firms vs traditional firms – Have students read this article from The Economist on a cooperative firm in Spain [https://www.economist.com/business/2013/11/09/trouble-in-workers-paradise]. Discussion questions: 1) With reference to the article and the unit, evaluate the extent to which the cooperative firm business model is sustainable and beneficial for workers. 2) Discuss the benefits and risks of being a worker in a cooperative firm, compared to being a worker in a traditional firm.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  4. Activity type: Data
    Activity description: Who owns the firms? – Exercise 6.8 from CORE’s Economy, Society, and Public Policy eBook [https://www.core-econ.org/espp/book/text/06.html#exercise-68-using-excel-who-owns-the-firms] gets students to compare the characteristics of firms and firm owners in different countries, using data from the World Bank’s Enterprise Survey.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  5. Activity type: Extension
    Activity description: The gig economy – Instructors may want to discuss this alternative way of organizing labour. Section 6.14 of Economy, Society, and Public Policy provides an introductory discussion [https://www.core-econ.org/espp/book/text/06.html#614-another-kind-of-business-organization-the-gig-economy]. Students can also read this Financial Times article on worker monitoring in the gig economy [https://www.ft.com/content/88fdc58e-754f-11e6-b60a-de4532d5ea35] and compare it with worker monitoring in traditional firms.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Unit 7 teaching guide

Conceptual prerequisites:

  • Constrained optimisation model; Nash equilibrium

Required Building blocks:

  • Section 2.2 (economic decisions: opportunity costs, and economic rents and incentives)
  • Sections 3.2-3.5 (constrained choice problems)
  • Sections 4.2-4.4 (game theory and Nash equilbrium)
  • Section 4.5 (Pareto efficiency)

Building blocks in this unit:

  • Section 7.4 (the cost function; marginal and average cost)
  • Section 7.5 (demand, elasticity and revenue)
  • Section 7.7 (gains from trade: consumer and producer surplus)

Unit narrative

  • Profit maximisation (Section 7.1-7.4, 7.6)
    Cost function: Total costs, average costs, marginal costs, fixed costs
    Profit: Economic profit vs normal profit
    Constrained choice problem: Isoprofit curves; Demand curve
    Economies of scale/increasing returns; diseconomies of scale/decreasing returns, constant returns
    Network economies of scale
    Price markup, profit margin
  • Price elasticity of demand
    (Section 7.5)
    Price elasticity of demand: Formulae and interpretation
    Differentiated product
  • Gains from trade (Section 7.7)
    Gains from trade/Gains from exchange
    Consumer surplus; Producer surplus; Deadweight loss
    Price discrimination
  • Market power and strategic-price setting (Section 7.8, 7.10-7.11)
    Market power; Market share
    Monopoly; Natural monopoly
    Model of strategic price-setting
  • Influencing market power
    (Section 7.9, 7.12)
    Advertising; Innovation
    Competition policy/antitrust policy

What’s important/difficult and how to teach it

Topic 1: Profit maximization

(Section 7.1-7.4, 7.6)
These sections use the constrained choice framework to model a price-setting firm’s choice of price (and quantity). Isoprofit curves represent the firm’s preferences, the demand curve represents the firm’s constraints, and the profit-maximising choice is characterized by the MRS=MRT condition. (Section 7.6 demonstrates the equivalence between MRS=MRT and MR=MC). Section 7.3 explains how and why a firm’s cost function (a determinant of its profits and the shape of its isoprofits) may vary with the firm’s size.

Key concept: Cost function (total costs, average costs, marginal costs, fixed costs)

Students should understand the formula for the total cost (fixed costs + variable costs) and how to derive average costs and marginal costs from a firm’s total cost function. Note that both examples from this unit (Cheerios and Beautiful Cars) assume constant marginal cost because it is the firm’s long-run cost function, though instructors may note that marginal cost can be increasing in the short-run while some inputs such as the stock of equipment are fixed.

  1. Activity type: Data
    Activity description: Cost functions for a university – Exercise 7.2 gets students to use Excel to plot the average and marginal cost functions of a university. As an extension, instructors could ask students to suggest how cost functions might differ for other types of universities, different degree programmes, and their local country (the data in Exercise 7.2 only considers public universities in the US).
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: The cost structure of MOOCs – Have students read this article in The Economist about cost structures of MOOCs: https://www.economist.com/finance-and-economics/2014/02/08/massive-open-online-forces. Compare the cost structures of MOOCs and traditional courses offered by a university. (Instructors can refer students to Exercise 7.2 for an example of cost structures for traditional university courses.)
    Using AI for this activity: Students use an AI assistant to analyze the cost functions of real-world companies. By selecting a specific company (e.g., a manufacturing firm, a tech company, or a service provider), students research and model the company’s total cost function, including fixed and variable costs. They then derive average and marginal cost functions and discuss how these costs influence the company’s pricing and output decisions.
    Example Prompt:
    “ChatGPT, help me analyze the cost structure of Tesla Inc. Can you provide information on Tesla’s fixed costs, variable costs, and how these contribute to their total cost function? Also, help me derive the average and marginal cost functions based on this information. Plot the graph and highlight these clearly.”

Key concept: Economies/diseconomies of scale; constant returns

Economies of scale is a term used to describe the technological advantages of large-scale production. There can also be cost or demand advantages (network economies of scale). Students should be familiar with the definition and the underlying intuition.

  1. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Identifying economies of scale – Have students read this Financial Times article on diseconomies of scale: https://www.ft.com/content/863409bc-5fca-11e0-a718-00144feab49a. Discuss the empirical evidence for diseconomies of scale.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Economies of scale in the shipping industry – Have students read this article in The Economist about economies of scale in shipping industry: https://www.economist.com/business/2011/11/12/economies-of-scale-made-steel. To discuss: 1) Give two or three examples of the economies of scale that large shipping companies can benefit from. 2) Do you think that large shipping companies will suffer from diseconomies of scale due to growing further or merging?
    Using AI for this activity: Students use an AI assistant to explore economies and diseconomies of scale through AI-generated case studies of various industries. They examine how firms benefit from increasing scale and the potential drawbacks when firms become too large.
    Example Prompt:
    “ChatGPT, can you generate a case study of a pharmaceutical company experiencing economies of scale? Include specific examples of cost advantages and discuss any potential diseconomies of scale the company might face as it grows larger.”

Key concept: Isoprofit curves

Isoprofit curves are the firm’s “indifference curves” since we assume the firm only cares about profits. Conveying the logic of the isoprofit curve is easiest in the constant cost case: given the cost, if the firm lowers the price, how many more units must it sell to keep total profits unchanged? A simple intuitive explanation, such as (high price, low quantity) gives the same profit as (low price, high quantity) can also help. Work through the steps in Figure 7.2b to illustrate how to draw isoprofit curves. Students may find the 3D representation in Figure 7.2a helpful for understanding this concept.
Profit maximization: Section 7.2 approaches profit maximization using the MRS = MRT tangency condition (Unit 3), while Section 7.6 applies a different but equivalent way of thinking about profit maximization, using marginal revenue and marginal cost. Work through the steps in Figures 7.4a and 7.4b to explain the intuition behind the MRS = MRT condition. Figure 7.18 shows the equivalency between MRS = MRT and MR = MC.

  1. Activity type: Exercise (asynchronous); Exercise (in-class)
    Activity description: Comparative statics – Exercise 7.1 asks students to use the profit maximization diagram (Figure 7.4a) to illustrate the effects of some exogenous changes. As an extension to Exercise 7.1, instructors can ask students to brainstorm factors that affect each element in the diagram (isoprofits, demand curve).
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Price-setting strategies of online firms – Have students read this article from The Economist on how online firms set their prices: https://www.economist.com/finance-and-economics/2019/08/08/prices-for-many-goods-do-not-move-the-way-economists-think-they-should. Discuss the similarities and differences between price setting by real-world firms and firms in textbooks (as described in the article).
    Using AI for this activity: None
  3. Activity type: Exercise (asynchronous); Exercise (in-class)
    Activity description: Beautiful Cars in the real world – Have students read this article from The Economist on the profits of actual car brands: https://www.economist.com/business/2019/09/12/porsche-is-small-but-highly-lucrative. 1) Compare the isoprofit curves of a luxury car to those of a non-luxury car. 2) Evaluate the use of cost sharing across different vehicle brands in a company.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  4. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Profit-maximisation for online music providers – Have students read this article in The Economist about the different cost structures of online music providers: https://www.economist.com/finance-and-economics/2009/10/22/e-pluribus-tunum. 1) Discuss the constraints in online music providers’ profit maximisation problem. 2) Discuss the trade-offs faced by online music providers when choosing a pricing scheme. 3) Which pricing scheme mentioned in the article do you think firms should choose?
    Using AI for this activity: None

Topic 2: Price elasticity of demand

(Section 7.5)
This section defines price elasticity of demand and explains why this concept is important for firms.

Key concept: Price elasticity of demand (PED)

This concept can be confusing to some students because it is a measure of proportional change and has no units. Motivate them by demonstrating how useful the measure can be. Many students believe that the elasticity is the same at any point along a straight-line demand curve because the slope remains constant. Use Figure 7.12 in class or get the students to do the calculations to understand that the elasticity is different along different points of a linear demand curve. Students should be aware of the equivalent formulae used to calculate PED and their interpretation (Figure 7.11).

  1. Activity type: Poll
    Activity description: Guessing the price elasticity of demand – Find elasticities of demand for common goods (e.g. gasoline, restaurant meals, airline tickets) and get students to guess the ranking (least elastic to most elastic) and explain why. Here is one example covering a wide range of goods: https://scholar.harvard.edu/files/alada/files/price_elasticity_of_demand_handout.pdf
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Identifying pricing strategies – Have students read this Financial Times article on various types of pricing strategies used by firms: https://www.ft.com/content/4f7add7e-4126-11da-a208-00000e2511c8. Identify the various pricing strategies mentioned in the article and use concepts from this unit (e.g. price elasticity of demand) to explain the firm’s decision.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  3. Activity type: Exercise (asynchronous)
    Activity description: Identifying pricing strategies (follow-up activity) – As a practical exercise, instructors could ask students to find examples of these pricing in their local neighbourhood or online (e.g. comparing the price of the same brand of coffee in the train station vs the supermarket).
    Using AI for this activity: None
  4. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Pricing tactics – Have students read this article in The Economist about pricing tactics used by companies: https://www.economist.com/business/2013/07/27/thinking-twice-about-price. 1) Evaluate the costs and benefits of having a clearly defined pricing strategy. 2) How have companies ‘gotten away’ with charging more for their products?
    Using AI for this activity: None
  5. Activity type: Data
    Activity description: Elasticity along a linear demand curve – Students can try this EconGraphs simulation: https://www.econgraphs.org/graphs/concepts/elasticity/demand_elasticity/constant_slope, which shows how elasticity varies along a demand curve, along with the equation to calculate PED.
    Using AI for this activity: Students use an AI assistant to understand how price elasticity of demand varies along different types of demand curves (linear, constant elasticity, etc.). Through interactive graphs and calculations, they explore why elasticity changes along a linear demand curve and remains constant along a logarithmic demand curve.
    Example Prompt:
    “ChatGPT, help me understand how price elasticity of demand changes along a linear demand curve versus a constant elasticity demand curve. Can you provide graphs and explanations to illustrate these differences?”

Topic 3: Gains from trade

(Section 7.7)
This section explains how the interaction between firms and consumers results in gains from trade (surplus), and discusses how the firm’s market power (its ability to influence the price in its own favour) affects the division of market surplus.

Key concept: Gains from trade/Gains from exchange

This unit links economic rents to consumer surplus and producer surplus. Consumer and producer surplus add up to the total surplus, which results from the interaction between the firm and its customers and provides a measure of the gains from trade.
Consumer surplus; Producer surplus: Students should be aware of the caveats with interpreting consumer and producer surplus. For example, students often equate producer surplus with profit, but the two concepts are distinct as profit accounts for fixed costs (Figure 7.19).
Deadweight loss: This model also provides a very good opportunity to highlight that the outcome of the firm’s profit-maximization decision is an equilibrium, but not a Pareto-efficient one. The inefficiency here is related to power and the rules of the game. The DWL arises because the firm must charge a single price.

  1. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Consumer surplus on the Internet – Have students read this article in The Economist on the consumer surplus generated by the internet: https://www.economist.com/free-exchange/2013/03/11/measuring-consumer-surplus-online. To discuss: 1) How useful is the concept of consumer surplus in practice, given the difficulties in measurement discussed in the article? 2) Discuss the challenges involved with measuring the consumer surplus of online platforms. Do you agree with the estimate given in the article?
    Using AI for this activity: Students participate in a simulation where they act as managers of a firm making pricing decisions in response to changes in demand elasticity. An AI assistant provides different market scenarios, and students adjust prices accordingly to maximize total revenue. The AI then provides feedback on the outcomes on consumers and revenue based on their decisions.
    Example Prompt:
    “ChatGPT, let’s simulate a scenario where I am setting prices for a new smartphone. Provide me with information on the demand elasticity at different price points, and I’ll decide on the optimal price to maximize revenue. After I make my pricing decision, show me the results on all participants and suggest any adjustments.”

Key concept: Price discrimination

Instructors can refer to Exercise 7.3 (perfect price discrimination) as a scenario where the profit-maximizing outcome is also Pareto efficient. These aspects are rarely discussed in this way in other texts. Figure 7.20 is useful to dispel the common confusion among students that a situation is Pareto efficient because the firm is maximizing profits.

  1. Activity type: Exercise (asynchronous); Exercise (in-class)
    Activity description: Perfect price discrimination – Exercise 7.3 gets students to calculate surplus under perfect price discrimination. As a supplement to this exercise, instructors could ask students to read the following articles and discuss the extent to which firms can charged personalized prices in practice: Ofcom, “Personalised pricing for communications” (https://www.ofcom.org.uk/__data/assets/pdf_file/0033/199248/personalised-pricing-discussion.pdf); OECD “Personalised pricing in the digital era” (https://one.oecd.org/document/DAF/COMP(2018)13/en/pdf).
    Using AI for this activity: None

Topic 4: Market power and strategic price-setting

(Section 7.8, 7.10-7.11)
Section 7.8 explains how producers of differentiated products can enjoy market power, enabling them to set price above marginal cost. Section 7.10 uses game theory concepts (Unit 4) to model the strategic price-setting behaviour of two firms and explains how the type of game (coordination game vs prisoners’ dilemma) depends on the degree of consumers’ price sensitivity. Section 7.11 explain how a firm’s cost structure can be a source of market power: decreasing long-run average costs can result in natural monopolies.

Key concept: Market power; Market share

Market power is defined as the ability to influence the price in one’s own favour. It is a special case of bargaining power, a concept discussed in Unit 5. Market share (the firm’s share of total market quantity or revenue) is a common measure of market power. Students should understand the relationship between price markups and market power (both the intuition and the equation in Section 7.8).
Monopoly: The unit presents monopoly as a special case of price-setting firms (a single firm supplies the entire market).

  1. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Monopoly power – Have students read this Financial Times article on the consequences of monopoly power: https://www.ft.com/content/b62b46cc-216d-11e4-b145-00144feabdc0. Discuss: To what extent does the empirical evidence in the article support the theoretical concerns about monopolies discussed in this unit?
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: Natural monopoly

When there are very large economies of scale in an industry (specifically, decreasing long-run average costs, a single firm can supply the whole market at lower average cost than two firms. Section 21.4 (The Economy 1.0) provides a discussion and diagram of the TC, MC, and AC for this case.

  1. Activity type: Extension
    Activity description: Winner-take-all competition – Section 21.4 of The Economy 1.0 (https://www.core-econ.org/the-economy/book/text/21.html#214-economies-of-scale-and-winner-take-all-competition) explains the cost structure that gives rise to natural monopolies, with applications to knowledge-intensive innovation.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Exercise (in-class); Exercise (asynchronous)
    Activity description: Examples of natural monopolies – Exercise 7.5 asks students to research examples of natural monopolies and how/why they have arisen. This exercise can also be a quick think-pair-share to get students thinking about the concept of natural monopoly.
    Using AI for this activity: Students use an AI assistant to research and analyze industries that exhibit characteristics of a natural monopoly due to their cost structures. They examine why decreasing long-run average costs can lead to natural monopolies and the implications for market power and regulation.
    Example Prompt:
    “ChatGPT, help me understand why the electricity industry is often considered a natural monopoly. What features of its cost structure lead to decreasing long-run average costs? Discuss the implications for market power and the role of regulation in this industry.”
  3. Activity type: Exercise (asynchronous)
    Activity description: Natural monopoly in the water industry – Have students read this Financial Times article on the UK water industry: https://www.ft.com/content/1c017e60-9eae-11e7-8cd4-932067fbf946. 1) Discuss the extent to which the water industry is a natural monopoly. 2) Have students research the water industry in their country and compare it with that of the UK.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  4. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Natural monopoly in the driverless car market – Have students read this article in The Economist about driverless car market: https://www.economist.com/finance-and-economics/2018/06/07/the-market-for-driverless-cars-will-head-towards-monopoly. Discuss: 1) To what extent is the market for driverless cars a natural monopoly? 2) What kinds of economies of scale do driverless car companies benefit from? Explain whether or not a monopoly in driverless cars is necessarily a bad thing.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Topic 5: Influencing market power

(Section 7.9, 7.12)
These sections outline various ways that firms can influence their market power, some of which are considered anti-competitive. Section 7.9 discusses the role of advertising and innovation. Section 7.12 focuses on how competition authorities can use antitrust policy to regulate such behaviour.

Key concept: Advertising and innovation

Students should understand how firms use these methods to differentiate their products from those of their competitors. Section 7.9 contains some examples.

  1. Activity type: Extension
    Activity description: The economics of innovation – Unit 21 of The Economy 1.0 (https://www.core-econ.org/the-economy/book/text/21.html#introduction) uses familiar frameworks (game theory, constrained choice problems) to explore firms’ incentives to innovate and policies that can encourage innovation.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: Competition policy/Antitrust policy

Instructors can use the surplus analysis in Section 7.7 to motivate the role of competition authorities (protect consumer surplus and maintain the wider benefits from competition). Students should be aware of ways that firms can influence rivalry (limiting access to production inputs or access to consumers, merging with other firms, collusion, innovation) and price elasticity of demand (advertising).

  1. Activity type: Exercise (asynchronous)
    Activity description: Competition policy in digital markets – Exercise 7.6 asks students to consider features of digital markets that may pose challenges to regulators. As an extension, instructors can ask students to think about how the frameworks in the unit (cost structure, profit-maximisation problem) for firms in digital markets differ from those of traditional firms.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Poll
    Activity description: What is anticompetitive behaviour? – To introduce the topic and get students thinking about what kinds of behaviour are considered anticompetitive, instructors can use this quiz (for the UK): https://form.typeform.com/to/MQJ1s0?typeform-source=maxcma.typeform.com (or find an alternative for their country).
    Using AI for this activity: None
  3. Activity type: Exercise (in-class)
    Activity description: Types of anticompetitive behaviour – Have students read some case studies of anticompetitive behavior (e.g. the UK government has a webpage of case studies: https://www.gov.uk/government/collections/business-cartels-case-studies; instructors could find similar webpages for their own country). Or, have the students first brainstorm ways that firms behave anti-competitively, then find a case study as an example.
    Using AI for this activity: Students use an AI assistant to research famous antitrust cases and understand how competition authorities regulate anti-competitive behavior. They examine the legal and economic arguments involved and discuss the effectiveness of competition policy in promoting market efficiency and consumer welfare.
    Example Prompt:
    “ChatGPT, help me research the antitrust case against Microsoft in the late 1990s. What were the main anti-competitive behaviors it was accused of, and how did the competition authorities address them? Discuss the impact of this case on the software industry and consumers.”
  4. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Debate on monopolies in digital markets – Have students discuss their opinions on this prompt: Eric Schmidt (ex-CEO of Google) was once asked if Google was a monopoly and if so, should it be regulated or broken up. His answer: “Our product is free to the consumer. We welcome any competitors.” Some additional questions for discussion: How convincing do you find Schmidt’s answer? How do you think regulators should handle Google? How does the analysis covered in the Unit differ and what new issues arise for regulators?
    Using AI for this activity: Students engage in a structured debate on whether large digital platforms represent monopolies and if their market power is beneficial or harmful to consumers and society. An AI assistant helps them develop arguments, understand different perspectives, and consider regulatory responses.
    Example Prompt:
    “ChatGPT, I’m preparing for a debate on whether large digital platforms like Google are monopolies and whether they should be regulated or broken up. Can you help me develop arguments for both sides and provide examples to support each position?”
  5. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Legal frameworks for anti-competitive behaviour – Have students read this article in The Economist about the problems faced by competition authorities: https://www.economist.com/technology-quarterly/2018/11/15/regulators-across-the-west-are-in-need-of-a-shake-up. Discuss: 1) To what extent are current legal frameworks related to anti-competitive behaviour fit for purpose? 2) Discuss the challenges faced by competition authorities in identifying and punishing anti-competitive behaviour.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Unit 8 teaching guide

Conceptual prerequisites:

  • Unit 7
  • Game theory and Nash equilibrium; Pareto efficiency; Incomplete contracts

Required Building blocks:

  • Section 2.2 (economic decisions: opportunity costs, and economic rents and incentives)
  • Sections 4.2-4.3 (game theory and Nash equilbrium)
  • Section 4.5 (Pareto efficiency)

Building blocks in this unit:

  • None

Unit narrative

  • Model of price-taking buyers and sellers
    (Section 8.1-8.4)
    Willingness to accept; reservation price
    Firm’s supply curve; Market supply curve
    Market demand curve
    Excess demand; Excess supply
    Market-clearing price; Equilibrium price
    Competitive equilibrium
  • Perfect competition
    (Section 8.10-8.11)
    Perfectly competitive market
    Law of One Price
  • Gains from trade (Section 8.5)
    Consumer surplus
    Producer surplus
    Pareto efficiency
  • Comparative statics (Section 8.6)
    Exogenous shocks to supply and demand
    Disequilibrium rents
    Market equilibration through rent-seeking
  • Short-run and long-run equilibrium
    (Section 8.7)
    Supply in the short run and the long run
    Opportunity cost of capital; costs of entry
    Economic profit; Normal profit
  • Surplus analysis of policies
    (Section 8.12-8.13)
    Taxation; tax incidence
    Rent ceiling
  • Cartels: Market outcomes and competition
    (Section 8.8-8.9)
    Cartel (e.g. OPEC)
    Barriers to entry
    Coordination game; Prisoners’ dilemma

What’s important/difficult and how to teach it

Topic 1: Model of price-taking buyers and sellers

(Section 8.1-8.3, 8.6)
These sections build a model of price-taking buyers and sellers, focusing on how the interactions between buyers and sellers can lead to market equilibrium. Besides characterizing the equilibrium (Section 8.3), the unit also discusses out-of-equilibrium dynamics following exogenous shocks to supply and demand (Section 8.6), explaining in detail how rent-seeking behaviour results in movement from the old equilibrium to the new one. Students should understand the importance of prices as messages.

Key concept: Market-clearing price; equilibrium price

In an equilibrium the price satisfies three properties: a) it is such that consumers maximize utility, given their own constraints; b) it is such that firms maximize profits, given demand constraints; and c) markets clear.
Competitive equilibrium: Students should understand why the competitive equilibrium is a Nash equilibrium – given what all other actors are doing (trading at the equilibrium price), no actor can do better than to continue what he or she is doing (also trading at the equilibrium price). Figure 8.4 explains in detail why other prices cannot result in market equilibrium.

  1. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Prices as messages – Have students read the Great Economists box on Hayek (Section 8.1) and watch this 5-minute animated version of Hayek’s comic strip (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mkz9AQhQFNY). Use the information in the video and Great Economists box to explain why Hayek thought price mechanisms were important for markets to function well (compared to centralized planning).
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Poll
    Activity description: Estimating supply and demand curves – Choose an everyday good (e.g. a secondhand textbook) and ask students to indicate their willingness to pay and willingness to accept for one unit of that good. (For a quick poll you could ask students to simply report a number; or present various amounts and ask students if they would/would not be willing to purchase/sell the good at that price). Use this information to derive the class’s supply and demand curves for that good.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  3. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Sellers as price-takers – Combine Exercises 8.1 and 8.2 into an in-class exercise. Instead of a used car, ask students to pick an everyday good, analyse sellers’ potential selling strategies for that good (e.g. where to sell and what price to charge).
    Using AI for this activity: None
  4. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Price guarantees and price-taking behaviour – Have students read this article in The Economist on price guarantees: https://www.economist.com/finance-and-economics/2015/02/12/guaranteed-profits. Discussion questions: Compare and contrast the potential effects of price guarantees and price discrimination. To what extent can we consider firms that offer price guarantees as ‘price takers’?
    Using AI for this activity: None
  5. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Say’s law – Have students read this article in The Economist on how supply can create its own demand: https://www.economist.com/the-economist-explains/2017/09/20/how-supply-can-create-its-own-demand. To discuss: To what extent do you think Say’s law (supply creates its own demand) holds in real-world economies?)
    Using AI for this activity: None
  6. Activity type: Game
    Activity description: Reaching competitive equilibrium – Play this game from Experiencing Economics to help students understand how the actions of buyers and sellers help the market reach competitive equilibrium: https://www.core-econ.org/experiencing-economics/instructors/book/text/04.html. (Instructors need to create a free account to access the teaching resources). The game has three scenarios – students only need to play scenario 1 (a simple “trading-pit” experiment).
    Using AI for this activity: Students play an AI-supported interactive game that simulates a market where buyers and sellers engage in transactions to reach competitive equilibrium. The AI acts as the game facilitator, guiding the simulation, keeping track of transactions, and providing real-time feedback on market dynamics.
    Example Prompt:
    “ChatGPT, let’s play a market simulation game where students act as buyers and sellers of a commodity, such as wheat. You will facilitate the game, manage offers and bids, record transactions, and help us observe how the market moves toward equilibrium.”

Key concept: Firm’s supply curve

This unit uses a step function rather than a continuous function and assumes that firms have capacity constraints. Marginal costs are constant until the capacity constraint, after which they immediate increase to a higher value (Figure 8.8). Students should understand why the marginal cost curve is the firm’s supply curve.
Market supply curve: Students should understand that the continuous market supply curve typically shown in supply-demand diagrams approximates the step function that combines the individual firm supply curves (which are step functions). Figures 8.9 and 8.10 explain the aggregation process in detail; students should know how to derive the market supply curve from the individual firm supply curves.

  1. Activity type: Exercise (in-class); Exercise (asynchronous)
    Activity description: From firm to market supply – Question 8.5 asks students to consider two types of firms, each with different marginal costs. To practice deriving the market supply curve from the individual firm supply curves, ask students to use the diagram in this question to draw the market supply curve under different assumptions (for example, for a given number of each type of firm in the market) or different numbers.
    Using AI for this activity: Students use an AI assistant to practice deriving the market supply curve from individual firm supply curves with different marginal costs. The AI guides students through the process of aggregating individual supply curves, exploring how varying numbers of each type of firm affect the overall market supply. This activity reinforces understanding of how individual firm behavior contributes to market outcomes.
    Example Prompt:
    “ChatGPT, we’re working on deriving the market supply curve from individual firm supply curves. There are two types of firms: Type A with a marginal cost of $5 and Type B with a marginal cost of $8. Can you help us combine these to create the market supply curve under different scenarios, such as having 10 of each firm versus 15 Type A and 5 Type B firms?”
  2. Activity type: Exercise (asynchronous); Exercise (in-class)
    Activity description: Demand for commodities – Have students read this article from The Economist on growing Chinese demand for commodities: https://www.economist.com/special-report/2011/09/22/crowded-out. Questions: 1) Use the firm-level and market-level supply model to explain the effect of Chinese demand for raw materials. 2) Use appropriate diagrams to analyse and compare the effects of a rise in commodity prices on developing and advanced economies.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: Exogenous shocks to supply and demand

Disequilibrium is modelled initially as an exogenous change that shifts the supply or demand curves. The focus is then on endogenous changes within the model which restore or move the economy back toward equilibrium. This is a useful framework in which to familiarize students with the use of these important terms. Distinguish between endogenous changes (when the x-axis or y-axis variable changes, we move along the curve) and exogenous changes (when a variable that is not on either axis changes, we shift the entire curve). Emphasize that a shock is called exogenous because our model cannot explain it; we use the model to study its consequences, not its causes.
Market equilibration through rent-seeking: Equilibrium is not a state that markets are permanently in. Prices contain information that signal market participants to behave in certain ways. The behavior of the market participants determines whether, when, and how the market gets to a stable competitive equilibrium. Work through the steps in Figures 8.14 and 8.15 to help students understand adjustment process.

  1. Activity type: Data
    Activity description: Price shocks and revolutions – Have students complete Exercise 8.5 as a homework assignment. Instructors can use this opportunity to teach students about different types of charts and the principles of clear data visualization.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Data
    Activity description: Demand and supply curves – Project 7 of Doing Economics gets students to work with real price and quantity data (the US market for watermelons, 1930-1951) in either Excel or R. During this time, there was an exogenous shock (WWII) to watermelon supply. Part 1 of the project gets students to plot supply/demand curves for watermelons before and after the shock. It can be used as a homework assignment or in-class activity (suitable for a 1-hour tutorial). For more technical courses, instructors can also cover Part 2 (interpreting the coefficients of estimated supply/demand curves, understanding how exogenous supply/demand shocks can help researchers identify the supply/demand curve).
    Using AI for this activity: None
  3. Activity type: Exercise (asynchronous)
    Activity description: The market for pork – Have students read this article from The Economist on pork prices in China: https://www.economist.com/finance-and-economics/2019/09/12/soaring-pork-prices-hog-headlines-and-sow-discontent-in-china. Question: Use the supply and demand model to explain the changes in the price of pork discussed in the article, as well as the possible outcome of measures taken to increase supply.
    Alternatively, instructors can find a recent example from their country and ask students to complete a similar exercise.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  4. Activity type: Exercise (in-class); Exercise (asynchronous)
    Activity description: The market for quinoa – To complement the discussion in Section 8.6, have students read this article from The Economist on quinoa: https://www.economist.com/the-economist-explains/2016/05/24/why-the-price-of-quinoa-has-fallen. Question: Use the supply and demand model to illustrate the changes in the price of quinoa discussed in the article.
    Using AI for this activity: Students use an AI assistant to perform a surplus analysis of the quinoa market, focusing on how changes in supply and demand affect prices. After reading the article, the AI helps students apply the supply and demand model to explain price fluctuations, analyze consumer and producer surplus, and discuss the potential impact of government interventions like rent control.
    Example Prompt:
    “ChatGPT, we’ve read an article about the rising price of quinoa due to increased global demand. Can you help us use the supply and demand model to explain these price changes? Also, assist us in conducting a surplus analysis to understand the effects on consumers and producers.”
  5. Activity type: Game
    Activity description: Fish market experiment – This game from ClassEx [https://econclassexperiments.com/experiments/fishmarket/] teaches students to distinguish between shifts of a supply/demand curve from movements along the curve, comparative statics (supply curve shift in a hypothetical fishing market), and the concept of sunk costs. Note: Instructors need to register for a free account to access the game, and request accounts for their students.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Topic 2: Short-run and long-run equilibrium in competitive markets

(Section 8.7)
This section explains how changes at the individual firm level affect market supply in the short-run and the long-run. An understanding of the individual firm diagram (Figure 8.16) is crucial.

Key concept: Definition of short run and long run

An important distinction between long-run and short-run equilibrium is that in the short run some variables are fixed while in the long run, all variables are free to adjust (including firm exit and entry). Students should understand that these terms do not refer to specific periods of time. You may want to review the isoprofit diagram from Unit 7 and relate it to Figure 8.16 (students need to be able to use it to identify whether a firm is making negative, positive, or zero economic profits).
Short-run and long-run equilibria: In the long run, the market supply curve shifts because existing firms can change their capacity (expand production to reduce average costs) and firms can choose to enter or leave the market. Students should understand the distinction between economic profits and normal profits – in long-run equilibrium, firms make zero economic profits but still make normal profits.

  1. Activity type: Exercise (asynchronous)
    Activity description: Short-run and long-run effects of Brexit – Have students read this article from The Economist of market competition in the UK: https://www.economist.com/leaders/2018/07/26/like-america-britain-suffers-from-a-lack-of-competition. Questions: 1) Analyse the possible short-run and long-run equilibria for markets in the UK, assuming that there is a lack of robust competition policy after Brexit. How do the outcomes differ from those in the unit? 2) With reference to the article, discuss the challenges that regulators face when designing competition policy. Is a lack of competition necessarily bad for consumers?
    Using AI for this activity: None

Topic 3: Gains from trade and surplus analysis of policies

(Section 8.5, 8.12-8.13)
Section 8.5 analyses surplus in competitive equilibrium, while Section 8.12 analyses how a tax affects market surplus and Section 8.13 analyses how a price ceiling (rent control) affects market outcomes and surplus.

Key concept: Consumer surplus; producer surplus

Figure 8.12 explains the definitions in detail. Students should know that producer surplus is not economic rent (a payment above what is needed to sustain an activity). Thus, the term surplus as used in this unit is a measure of benefit or welfare, and there is not enough of it to generate any economic rents in equilibrium. It is best to avoid using the term ‘rents’ in this unit, unless talking about out-of-equilibrium situations, such as the positive profits outside of equilibrium which would incentivize new entry.

  1. Activity type: Poll
    Activity description: Calculating consumer and producer surplus – As an extension to Exercise 8.3, use a poll for willingness to accept/pay for an everyday item (see Topic 1) to collect the data required to draw the stepwise supply/demand curves for a class of students. Ask students to calculate the consumer and producer surplus at the equilibrium price (or, using only the derived demand curve, calculate the consumer surplus at different prices).
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: Pareto efficiency

Students should know that the efficiency properties of a competitive market equilibrium depend on the conditions under which buyers and sellers interact (homogenous product, price-taking behaviour, no external effects, complete contracts). Aside from Pareto efficiency, fairness is an important criterion to evaluate market outcomes.

  1. Activity type: Exercise (asynchronous); Exercise (in-class)
    Activity description: Secondary markets – Have students read this article from The Economist on secondary markets for ticket sales: https://www.economist.com/britain/2016/08/20/a-muggles-game. Questions: 1) Use the supply and demand diagram in the unit to illustrate why secondary ticket markets exist. Why are secondary ticket markets difficult to monitor and regulate? 2) Discuss whether or not secondary ticket markets should be allowed, on the grounds of fairness and efficiency.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Exercise (asynchronous)
    Activity description: Tickets for the Olympic games – As an extension to Exercise 8.15 (how tickets for the London 2012 Olympics were allocated), instructors could ask students to research how the tickets for more recent Olympics were/will be allocated, and compare/contrast the allocation processes in terms of efficiency and fairness.
    Using AI for this activity: Using ChatGPT’s AI voice feature, students engage in a simulation that mirrors the ticket allocation processes of recent Olympic Games. The AI voice acts as the game facilitator, presenting different ticket allocation scenarios, enforcing rules, and interacting with students as they make decisions about purchasing, selling, or distributing tickets. This simulation allows students to explore and compare the efficiency and fairness of various ticket allocation methods used in different Olympic Games. Example Dialogue “ChatGPT, you are now the facilitator for our Olympic Ticket Allocation Simulation. Please assign roles to students as ticket sellers, buyers, resellers, and local residents. Present three scenarios: Lottery System, First-Come-First-Served, and Priority for Local Residents. For each scenario, explain the rules, prompt sellers to state their prices, ask buyers to place bids, match transactions, introduce any market changes, and lead a brief discussion on the efficiency and fairness of each allocation method.”

Key concept: Taxation; tax incidence

Students should understand the effects of a tax in a competitive market (go through the steps in Figure 8.23). While such taxes result in “deadweight loss”, when evaluating the welfare effects of a tax, students should be aware of the different policy aims for a tax (raise revenue, change behaviour) and the whether the conditions for Pareto efficiency hold. It is important to understand how the price elasticity of demand and supply affect the tax incidence. Note that The Economy uses the word “incidence” to mean “effective incidence” (who bears the tax burden, in surplus terms) not “formal incidence” (who legally pays the tax). The Economy always shows the supply curve shifting but students should know that an equivalent tax on demand would have the same implications for surplus.

  1. Activity type: Exercise (in-class)
    Activity description: Price elasticity and tax incidence – As an extension to Exercise 8.13, ask students to come up with examples of products with high/low elasticity of demand/supply.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Sugar tax – Have students read this Financial Times article on taxes: https://www.ft.com/content/e76b60cc-d72e-11e6-944b-e7eb37a6aa8e. Discussion question: Examine the potential effects of a sugar tax on health, households’ and firms’ decisions, and prices in other markets.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  3. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: “Sin taxes” – Have students read this article from The Economist on “sin taxes”: https://www.economist.com/international/2018/07/28/sin-taxes-eg-on-tobacco-are-less-efficient-than-they-look. To discuss: 1) Evaluate the arguments for and against ‘sin taxes’. 2) Based on the information in the article, what advice would you give to policymakers deciding how to levy a ‘sin tax’?
    Instructors may want to refer to Jensen and Smed’s (2013) article on the Danish butter tax for a real-world case study (the tax was removed due to administrative feasibility): https://www.econstor.eu/handle/10419/204347
    Using AI for this activity: None
  4. Activity type: Data
    Activity description: Measuring the effect of a sugar tax – Project 3 of Doing Economics (https://www.core-econ.org/doing-economics/book/text/03-01.html) gets students to analyse data from a natural experiment (tax on sugary beverages in California). Part 1 compares prices of sugary beverages before/after the tax, and Part 2 compares prices of beverages (taxed and non-taxed) in affected vs non-affected areas. Instructors can set one part as a week-long assignment, and/or ask students to read the paper that the data comes from (https://tinyco.re/6616217) and discuss the tax’s effects on beverage consumption.
    Using AI for this activity: Students engage in a discussion with the assistance of an AI to examine the potential effects of implementing a sugar tax. The AI helps analyze the impact on public health, consumer behavior, business decisions, and market prices, fostering a comprehensive understanding of the economic and social implications.
    Example Prompt:
    “ChatGPT can you help me examine how such a sugar tax might affect public health, households’ and firms’ decisions, and prices? Let’s discuss the potential benefits and drawbacks. Which Identification Strategy might be most appropriate and how could it be implemented?”

Key concept: Rent ceiling

Governments may intervene in a market to change the equilibrium price, to achieve other objectives such as fairness. Figure 8.25 analyses the effects of one such policy (rent ceiling, defined as the maximum price that landlords can charge tenants).

  1. Activity type: Exercise (asynchronous); Exercise (in-class)
    Activity description: Surplus analysis of rent control – Exercise 8.14 can be supplemented with the following articles on the actual effects of rent controls: Financial Times article (https://www.ft.com/content/fe805c60-a6ac-3aab-8582-41b7fcacbfc0); The Economist article on rent control in the US (https://www.economist.com/leaders/2019/09/19/rent-control-will-make-housing-shortages-worse). Students can compare/contrast the real-world examples from those in Exercise 8.14, and discuss alternative policies that governments could adopt to address the housing issue.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Topic 4: Perfect competition

(Section 8.10-8.11)
These sections evaluate whether the model of perfect competition outlined in Sections 8.1-8.4 is a “good” model – how can we determine (empirically) the extent of competition in a market and why might this model be useful even if the theoretical conditions do not hold. Section 8.11 presents a case study of how we can use prices to examine the functioning of a market, and emphasizes the concept of “prices as messages”.

Key concept: Perfectly competitive market

The model of perfect competition allows us to benchmark a real industry against a theoretically constructed one, and to hypothesize the potential gains from transitioning an actual industry to a more competitive one. Many students have issues with the model of perfect competition exactly because the industry structure it represents does not exist in real life, so it is important for them to understand why (and when) such models are useful. Point to how the models of perfect competition and monopoly (Unit 7) give us two extremes to set the limits of what we can observe in the real world. Emphasize that market structure is a “spectrum” (different degrees of competition, not a binary characteristic).
Characteristics of competitive equilibrium: Students should know the three characteristics (the Law of One Price, market clearing, price-taking participants) and apply them to real markets.

  1. Activity type: Poll
    Activity description: Identifying market structure – Instructors present students with some products(e.g. bottled water, textbooks, luxury cars) and ask students to situate the markets for these products in a price-setting/price-taking spectrum. This activity can either be a quick poll (students indicate where they think the markets are on the spectrum) or a longer discussion (students evaluate the markets according to the conditions for perfect competition).
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: The Fulton fish market – As an extension to Exercise 8.12 (and the accompanying video), have students read the full article on the Fulton fish market (https://tinyco.re/4300778) and evaluate it against each of the conditions for competitive equilibrium.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  3. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Tech companies – Have students read this article from The Economist on the tech industry: https://www.economist.com/graphic-detail/2019/08/10/silicon-valleys-giants-look-more-entrenched-than-ever-before. Discuss: With reference to the conditions for competitive equilibrium, explain whether tech companies behave more like price-takers or price-setters).
    Using AI for this activity: None
  4. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Market power and perfect competition – Have students read this article from The Economist on market power in the US, Mexico, the UK, China, and Japan: https://www.economist.com/open-future/2018/10/10/capitalism-is-becoming-less-competitive. Questions: 1) Discuss the regulatory problems that are common to all or most of the countries covered in the article. 2) To what extent can the markets in these countries be classified as ‘perfect competition’?
    Using AI for this activity: None
  5. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: The flaw of one price – Have students read this article from The Economist on the Law of One Price in the EU: https://www.economist.com/finance-and-economics/2003/10/16/the-flaw-of-one-price. To discuss: Which of the conditions of perfect competition are unlikely to hold, resulting in the price dispersion shown in the article?)
    Using AI for this activity: None

Topic 5: Cartels: Market outcomes and competition

(Section 8.8-8.9)
These sections use two different frameworks to explore the behaviour of cartels. Section 8.8 uses the supply-demand diagram to show how cartels (such as OPEC) can drive up prices by limiting supply. Section 8.9 models the price-setting decision within a cartel as a social interaction, examining conditions that give rise to stable cartels (coordination game) and conditions where cartels cannot be sustained (prisoners’ dilemma).

Key concept: Cartel

Work through the analysis in Figure 8.19, pointing out the similarities and differences between the oil market and the price-taking examples in previous sections. Notice that the market for oil has a slightly different supply curve due to the market structure (the OPEC cartel limits supply). The economic rents that arise from the short-run supply conditions particular to the oil market may give rise to incentives to find more oil. This may involve innovations to find new types of oil (for example, tar sands oil) or new methods of extraction.
Coordination game; Prisoners’ dilemma: To analyse cartel behaviour as a game, students should be familiar with best response and Nash equilibrium (Sections 4.2-4.4).

  1. Activity type: Data
    Activity description: The world market for oil – Students use data on oil production by country from Our World in Data (https://ourworldindata.org/grapher/oil-production-by-country) to make charts comparing OPEC’s share with that of other countries and identify any other major “players”.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: The world market for oil – As an extension to Exercise 8.8 (global market for oil in 2020), instructors could have students read this article from The Economist on oil prices (https://www.economist.com/finance-and-economics/2018/11/15/the-oil-price-swings-dramatically). Have students 1) Compare and contrast the world market for oil in 2018 (article) and 2020 (report). 2) Analyse the impact of American production of oil on the price of oil and on the market of oil. Explain whether you think the growth of alternative oil suppliers (besides OPEC) is a good thing for the global economy.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  3. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Modelling cartels – Exercise 8.9 relaxes assumptions used in the unit’s analysis of a cartel’s price-setting decisions. As an extension, instructors can ask students to brainstorm factors that promote/discourage collusion (e.g. repeated interaction, competition policy).
    Using AI for this activity: Students role-play as members of a cartel with ChatGPT moderating the discussion. The AI assigns roles, sets production quotas, and evaluates how coordination impacts pricing and market stability.
    Example Prompt:
    “ChatGPT, act as the leader of a cartel. Assign roles to participants, set production quotas, and explain how limiting supply affects global oil prices. Also explain what policies could prevent this.”
  4. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Cartels and market concentration – Have students read this article from The Economist on market concentration: https://www.economist.com/finance-and-economics/2017/08/31/market-concentration-can-benefit-consumers-but-needs-scrutiny. Question: Analyse the effect of increased market concentration in terms of efficiency and fairness.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Unit 9 teaching guide

Conceptual prerequisites:

  • Constrained optimisation model; Principal-agent problems

Required Building blocks:

  • Section 2.8 (economic models)
  • Sections 3.2-3.6 (constrained choice problems)
  • Section 3.7 (income and substitution effects)
  • Section 5.11 (Lorenz curves and Gini coefficient)
  • Section 6.6 (incomplete contracts, principals, agents)

Building blocks in this unit:

  • None

Unit narrative

  • Income and wealth
    (section 9.2)
    Extension – financial assets
  • Borrowing
    (Sections 9.3 and 4)
  • Lending and Storing (Section 9.6)
  • Investing (Section 9.7)
  • Inequality
    Conflict over gains (Section 9.8)
    Principal-agent relationships (Section 9.9)
    Credit exclusion, Gini coefficient (Section 9.10)
    Poverty trap for those with limited wealth (section 9.12)
    Policies to reduce risk exposure for the less well off (section 9.13)
  • Environment (Section 9.5)
    Discounting, external effects and the future of the planet
  • How good is the model? (Section 9.11)
    Hyperbolic discounting
    Lack of financial knowledge
    Risk aversion

What’s important/difficult and how to teach it

Topic 1: Terminology

(Section 9.2)
This section explains the definitions and usage of personal finance terms that are commonly used in everyday language: income, wealth, investment, earnings, savings, depreciation, bonds, shares. The section also introduces the distinction between stock and flow variables.

Key concept: Income, wealth, investment, earnings, savings, depreciation

Students should know the definitions of these terms and how they are used in economics (which may be different from everyday usage). The bathtub analogy (Figure 9.1) can help students distinguish between the various concepts.

  1. Activity type: Poll
    Activity description: Understanding terminology – As a quick review of the terminology, instructors could use variations of question 9.2 (changing the numbers) for an in-class poll or clicker quiz.
    Using AI for this activity: Students use ChatGPT to create and take a quiz on personal finance terminology. The AI generates multiple-choice questions based on common misconceptions of terms, helping students reinforce their understanding.
    Example Prompt:
    “ChatGPT, create a 15-question multiple-choice quiz to test my understanding of terms like income, wealth, investment, savings, and depreciation. Include common misconceptions in the incorrect options and explain why the correct answer is right after I choose.”
  2. Activity type: Exercise (in-class); Exercise (asynchronous)
    Activity description: Using terminology correctly – Find examples of where these terms are used in everyday language and ask students to rephrase the incorrect examples according to the definitions in the Section. For example, “we’re investing in stocks” (incorrect – should be “we’re using stocks to save”); “we’re investing in property” (correct because property is a capital good). Alternatively, instructors could ask students to find instances (e.g. advertisements, news reports) where the terminology is used differently from its economic usage, and share these examples in class.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Topic 2: An intertemporal choice model

(Section 9.3-9.7, 9.11)
Sections 9.3-9.7 set up an individual’s choice of consumption over two time periods (“now” vs “later”) as a constrained choice problem, using the framework of Unit 3. These sections analyse the decisions of two individuals: Julia, who has her entire endowment “later”, and Marco, who has his entire endowment “now”. The effect of different actions (borrowing, saving, investing, lending) and changes in the interest rate on the feasible frontier and the optimal choice (income and substitution effects) are also discussed. Note that this unit uses the real interest rate and assumes zero inflation (so the real and nominal interest rates are the same). Section 9.5 applies the concept of discounting to environmental problems, and Section 9.11 discusses why observed behaviour may not be consistent with the intertemporal choice model is (hyperbolic discounting, imperfect information, risk aversion).

Key concept: Intertemporal choice model

Make clear links back to the model in Unit 3 (MRS and MRT). In Unit 9, the feasible set represents a person’s opportunities to benefit from the credit market and depends on his/her endowment and on whether they receive it ‘now’ or ‘later’. Link interest rates back to the concept of opportunity cost (Section 9.3).
Endowment: The unit discusses different interest rates in cases where the individuals’ endowments are on one of the two axes (either all the income in the future, or all the income now). Often, some students miss that the way to represent a change in the interest rate is to pivot the feasible set from the endowment point. To ensure students understand the relationship between the feasible set and the endowment point, set an exercise in which the individual’s endowment is not at a corner, namely where there is income in both periods. Ask students to draw an increase in the interest rate in this case to help them understand that one lends or borrows from one’s current position. (The feasible frontier must always include the endowment.)
Consumption smoothing, situational and intrinsic impatience: Ensure that students understand that smoothing behavior is related to diminishing marginal returns to consumption. Students should know the distinction between situational impatience and intrinsic impatience and how they affect the shape of the indifference curves: situational impatience (having unequal endowments across time periods) makes indifference curves convex while intrinsic impatience (preferences to consume more now rather than later determines the slope of the indifference curves (whether MRS = 1 + discount rate is greater than/less than one at a given point). Exercise 9.2 helps students understand the conceptual difference between intrinsic impatience and diminishing marginal returns to consumption.

  1. Activity type: Exercise (in-class); Exercise (asynchronous)
    Activity description: Drawing feasible frontiers – Exercises 9.1 and 9.6 ask students to identify points on Julia and Marco’s feasible frontiers (respectively) under specific interest rates. As an extension, instructors could choose different interest rates and specific points, then have students use the general equation of the feasible frontier to determine which points are feasible for Julia and/or Marco.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Exercise (asynchronous)
    Activity description: Drawing your own indifference curves – As an extension to Exercise 9.2 (drawing indifference curves for a hypothetical individual), students to draw their own indifference curves for consumption now/later (e.g. suppose you have $50 now and $50 later. How much would you be willing to give up “later” to have an extra $10 “now”? How much would you be willing to give up “now” to have an extra $10 “later”?) Students could complete this task asynchronously and bring their diagrams to class.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  3. Activity type: Poll; Exercise (in-class)
    Activity description: Revisiting income effects (IE) and substitution effects (SE) – Exercises 9.3 and 9.7 ask students to apply IE and SE to an interest rate change for Julia and Marco (respectively). For additional practice, instructors could ask students to identify the direction of IE and SE for interest rate changes in the other scenarios, both for Julia and Marco (e.g., borrowing, investing, saving, lending). Students could discuss the answers in class or instructors could turn this activity into a quick poll (one question for each scenario).
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: Evaluating the model

Students should understand three reasons why real-world decision making may differ from that predicted by the model – 1) people are not consistent (hyperbolic discounting); 2) people are not fully informed (lack important information needed for the decision); 3) people prefer outcomes that are certain over taking risk (risk aversion).

  1. Activity type: Exercise (asynchronous)
    Activity description: What are your risk and time preferences? – Students could answer the questions from the Global Preferences Survey on risk and time preferences(questions are in Appendix B (starting pg 34) of this PDF: https://docs.iza.org/dp9674.pdf); for country-specific questionnaires, instructors can download them from the Global Preferences Survey website: https://www.briq-institute.org/global-preferences/downloads). Students can answer the questions and compare their responses to their country’s average and other countries: https://www.briq-institute.org/global-preferences/maps. Students could complete this activity asynchronously and share results with the class.
    Using AI for this activity: Using ChatGPT’s, students answer questions from the Global Preferences Survey. The AI compares their responses to national averages and facilitates discussions on cultural differences in risk and time preferences.
    Example Prompt:
    “ChatGPT, ask me questions from the Global Preferences Survey about time preferences and risk. Compare my answers to the averages for my country and discuss cultural differences.”
  2. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Saving and investment rates – Have students read this article in The Economist about declining saving and investment rates: https://www.economist.com/special-report/2005/09/24/anatomy-of-thrift. Discuss: Which of the article’s explanations for the low saving and investment rates do you find the most/least convincing, and why? 2) Why do people not save and invest as much as economic theories suggest? (Instructors may want to supplement this discussion with more recent articles from after the pandemic).
    Using AI for this activity: None

Topic 3: Principal-agent problems and inequality in credit markets

(Section 9.1, 9.8-9.10, 9.12-9.13)
These sections explain the causes and consequences of inequality in credit markets. Differences in endowments mean that interest rate changes create conflicts of interest over the gains made possible by borrowing and lending; those with endowments “now” benefit from interest rate increases while those with endowments “later” do not (Section 9.8). Differences in endowments also affect the likelihood of obtaining a loan and the terms of loan repayment (Sections 9.9-9.10). Individuals who are unable to provide equity or collateral are either unable to obtain a loan (credit market excluded) or must borrow on unfavourable terms (credit constrained). Sections 9.12 discusses the vicious cycle of poverty these mechanisms create, and Section 9.13 discusses policies that could break the cycle.

Key concept: Conflict of interest

Students should understand that interest rates have different effects depending on whether an individual has all/most of their endowment “now” rather than “later”. The steps in Figure 9.14 use Julia and Marco to illustrate this point. Because the cost of moving consumption forward in time by borrowing (the rate of interest) is the same as the gain to Marco by postponing his consumption (by lending), Marco and Julia have a conflict of interest over how the mutual gains from exchange are shared.

  1. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Interest rates and credit card borrowing – Have students read this Financial Times article on impact of higher interest rates on credit card borrowers in the UK: https://www.ft.com/content/516d05e0-3de5-11e6-8716-a4a71e8140b0. Discuss the trends in credit card borrowing mentioned in the article and why they might be problematic. (As an extension, instructors could ask students to find equivalent data for a country of their choice and compare it with the data in the article).
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Low interest rates – Have students read these articles in The Economist about low interest rates and inequality: https://www.economist.com/finance-and-economics/2012/12/01/savers-lament; https://www.economist.com/finance-and-economics/2019/07/11/should-egalitarians-fear-low-interest-rates. Questions: 1) Who wins and who loses from low interest rates, and why? 2) To what extent does the model in the unit explain actual households’ response to a change in interest rate? What other factors need to be taken into account? (Instructors could contrast the situations described in the article with the more recent experiences of high interest rates to control inflation shortly after the pandemic.)
    Using AI for this activity: Using ChatGPT’s AI voice feature, students participate in a debate where the AI moderates and presents arguments for and against low interest rates. The AI provides insights into how different income groups are affected.
    How to Set Up:
    Say:
    “ChatGPT, act as a moderator for a debate on low interest rates. Present the perspectives of savers, borrowers, and policymakers, and ask follow-up questions for discussion.”
  3. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Fintech firm loans – Have students read this article in The Economist about fintech firm loans: https://www.economist.com/finance-and-economics/2019/10/10/a-group-of-fintech-firms-are-changing-the-way-consumers-borrow. To discuss: 1) Compare and contrast fintech firm loans and credit card loans. 2) To what extent is there a conflict of interest between lenders and borrowers in the fintech firm loans mentioned in the article?
    Using AI for this activity: Students use ChatGPT to compare fintech firm loans and credit card loans. The AI highlights differences in repayment terms, interest rates, and borrower-lender dynamics, helping students understand the conflict of interest in these markets.
    Example Prompt:
    “ChatGPT, compare fintech firm loans with credit card loans. Explain the differences in terms of repayment conditions, interest rates, and how conflicts of interest between borrowers and lenders arise in each.”
  4. Activity type: Exercise (in-class)
    Activity description: Salary advances and inequality – Article from The Economists on salary advances: https://www.economist.com/business/2019/04/06/helping-workers-get-by. Questions: 1) With reference to the frameworks in the unit (intertemporal choice model; Lorenz curve), analyse the effect of companies such as Wagestream on individual workers’ consumption and economy-wide inequality. 2) Analyse the advantages and disadvantages of financial-services companies that offer salary advances.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: Credit market constrained; Credit market excluded

Students should understand the distinction between these two groups of people, and how credit market exclusion affects inequality. Figure 9.18 provides a useful outline of how credit and labour markets shape the relationship between groups with different endowments (such as Julia and Marco). Figure 9.19 uses the Gini coefficient to illustrate how credit market exclusion affects inequality.
Principal-agent problem; Moral hazard: Borrowing and lending is a principal–agent relationship because the lender (the principal) takes a risk of not being repaid, and the extent of that risk is determined by the borrower (the agent) not the lender. Figure 9.17 illustrates the similarity between the borrower-lender relationship and the employer-employee relationship from Unit 6.

  1. Activity type: Exercise (asynchronous)
    Activity description: Impacts of microfinance – Instructors can supplement Exercise 9.11 (on microfinance) with the following literature surveys on the impacts of microfinance: 1) World Bank (2015): https://documents1.worldbank.org/curated/en/588931467993754857/pdf/Microfinance-a-critical-literature-survey.pdf (Section 4); 2) Yang and Stanley’s meta-analysis: https://www.hendrix.edu/uploadedFiles/Departments_and_Programs/Business_and_Economics/AMAES/Micro-Credit%20Meta-Analysis12-18(2).pdf; 3) Milan and Ashta (2020)’s article on challenges and opportunities created by microfinance: https://doi.org/10.1002/jsc.2339.
    Using AI for this activity: Using ChatGPT’s AI voice feature, students simulate a consultation with a policy advisor. The AI explains how policies such as microfinance, education subsidies, or universal credit could break the cycle of poverty caused by credit market exclusion. The students can ask follow-up questions to clarify concepts, delve deeper into policy mechanics, or explore real-world applications of these solutions.
    How to Set Up:
    Say:
    “ChatGPT, act as a policy advisor. Explain how policies like microfinance or education subsidies can help break the cycle of poverty caused by credit market exclusion.”
  2. Activity type: Exercise (asynchronous)
    Activity description: Calculate your credit score – Have students complete a credit score questionnaire to learn about how lenders typically assess creditworthiness (link for the US: https://www.myfico.com/fico-credit-score-estimator/estimator). Students should consider how the criteria used to assess creditworthiness may advantage/disadvantage certain groups in society. This website on factors used to calculate a credit score may also be helpful: https://myhome.freddiemac.com/blog/notable/20210831-factors-credit-score). Students could complete the questionnaire asynchronously and bring their answers to class.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  3. Activity type: Exercise (asynchronous); Exercise (in-class)
    Activity description: Regulation of moneylenders – Exercise 9.12 discusses limits on how much interest a moneylender can charge on a loan. Instructors can supplement the exercise with this article from The Economist about loopholes used in Japan to charge high interest rates: https://www.economist.com/finance-and-economics/2017/07/06/wanna-buy-some-cash-it-will-cost-you. Questions: 1) Use the concepts of impatience and consumption smoothing to explain the motivations of the e-commerce buyers mentioned in the article. 2) Discuss the factors that policymakers need to consider when designing regulations for lending money.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  4. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Peer-to-peer lending – Have students read this article from The Economist on peer-to-peer lending: https://www.economist.com/special-report/2015/05/07/from-the-people-for-the-people. Questions: 1) Discuss the role of information in loan provision, and the potential issues with collecting data for credit-scoring. 2) Compare and contrast peer-to-peer lending and traditional bank lending. What kind of regulation do you think should apply to peer-to-peer lending?
    Using AI for this activity: None
  5. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Credit market exclusion and the global financial crisis – Have students read this Financial Times article on credit market exclusion after the global financial crisis: https://www.ft.com/content/3d260e6c-956b-11e3-8371-00144feab7de. Discuss the effects of the global financial crisis on small business and inequality. (Instructors could ask students to make comparisons with the COVID pandemic).
    Using AI for this activity: None
  6. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Income, consumption, and wealth inequality – Have students read this article in The Economist on three different measures of inequality: https://www.economist.com/free-exchange/2014/07/16/a-three-headed-hydra. Discus: 1) Define income, consumption, and wealth. For each of these concepts, explain what it can and cannot tell us about inequality. 2) With reference to the article, discuss the challenges with measuring inequality for the purposes of public policy.
    Using AI for this activity: Students use ChatGPT to explore and analyze the differences between income, consumption, and wealth inequality. The AI acts as a discussion partner, helping students understand the strengths, limitations, and challenges of measuring each concept, as outlined in the article.
    Example Prompt:
    “ChatGPT, here are my definitions for income, consumption, and wealth inequality:……… . For each, check my definitions and help me understand what each metric can and cannot tell us about inequality, and discuss the challenges in measuring inequality for public policy purposes. Use examples to illustrate your points.”
  7. Activity type: Data
    Activity description: Extension to Exercise 9.14 – The National Financial Capability Study (https://gflec.org/initiatives/national-financial-capability-study/) contains summary statistics on financial inclusion in the US; students can also download the data and construct summary statistics of credit market exclusion/constraints (alternatively; instructors can find equivalent surveys for non-US countries).
    Using AI for this activity: None
  8. Activity type: Data
    Activity description: Credit-exclusion in developing countries – Project 9 of Doing Economics (https://www.core-econ.org/doing-economics/book/text/09-01.html) gets students to use Ethiopian household survey data to identify credit-constrained and credit-excluded households, and factors that affect a household’s credit status. Part 9.1 examines households who did not get a loan; Part 9.2 examines characteristics of households who did get a loan. Each part will take one week if done in full, but instructors can select specific questions as a shorter exercise (e.g. have students work with the cleaned data).
    Using AI for this activity: None
  9. Activity type: Exercise (asynchronous)
    Activity description: Funding higher education – Exercise 9.15 asks students to consider how higher education is funded in their country. Instructors could supplement this exercise with cross-country comparisons on how higher education is funded (e.g. have students read Jongbloed and Vossensteyn 2016’s comparisons of OECD countries: https://www.jstor.org/stable/26363477)
    Using AI for this activity: None

Unit 10 teaching guide

Conceptual prerequisites:

  • Pareto efficiency; Incomplete contracts; Gains from trade: Producer and consumer surplus

Required Building blocks:

  • Section 4.5 (Pareto efficiency)
  • Section 6.6 (Incomplete contracts; principals and agents)
  • Section 7.7 (Gains from trade: Producer and consumer surplus)

Building blocks in this unit:

  • None

Unit narrative

  • Types of market failure
  • Modelling external effects (Section 10.1-10.5)
    Marginal private cost/benefit; Marginal external cost/benefit; Marginal social cost/benefit
    Private (Coasean) bargaining; transaction costs
    Policy solutions: Pigouvian taxation/subsidy, compensation, regulation
  • Information asymmetries (Section 10.8)
    Principal-agent relationship
    Incomplete contracts
    Conflicts of interest
  • Public goods provision
    (Section 10.6-10.7)
    Non-rival; Non-excludable
    Artificially scarce (club) goods
    Common pool resources
    Private goods
  • Hidden action (Section 10.9)
    Moral hazard
  • Hidden attributes (Section 10.10)
    Adverse selection
  • The limits of markets (Section 10.11)
    Repugnant markets
    Merit goods

What’s important/difficult and how to teach it

Topic 1: Modelling external effects

(Section 10.1-10.5)
These sections lay out the framework for thinking about market failure: diagnosis (sources of the problem) and treatment (private solutions and/or policy instruments). The role of information and incomplete contracts are key to understanding how market failures arise (for example, information being unavailable or unverifiable) and understanding the limitations of the theoretical solutions.

Key concept: Market failure

Market failure happens when markets allocate resources in a Pareto-inefficient way. Students should already be familiar with market failure from Unit 7. In Unit 8, the (competitive) market reaches a Pareto-efficient outcome under some assumptions. The pesticide example in Section 10.1 demonstrates that the market equilibrium allocation is no longer Pareto efficient if the assumption of no effect on others does not hold.

  1. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Identifying market failures – Present the various interactions in Units 4-9 and ask students to identify the ones where the equilibrium is/is not Pareto efficient. If it is not Pareto efficient, ask them to identify which of the competitive market assumptions (listed in Unit 8) is violated. For example, the public goods game in Unit 4 (no external effects), power relations between Angela/Bruno in Unit 5, employer/employee in Unit 6 (imperfect information), price-setting firms in Unit 7 (market power), competitive markets in Unit 8, credit markets in Unit 9 (imperfect information).
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: External effect (externality)

When a firm’s production imposes uncompensated costs on other parties there is a divergence between the private cost of production to the firm and the social cost imposed on others by the firm’s production (a marginal external cost). Bring attention to this divergence between marginal private cost and marginal social cost. Go over the surplus analysis in Figure 10.2 to compare the privately optimal and socially optimal situation (MSC – MPC represents a social cost so there will be DWL). Sections 10.2-10.4 present a diagrammatic illustration of a negative external effect. Note that the figures in these sections assume a constant output price to keep the analytics simple. Be explicit about this as some students will wonder what happens in the case where the demand curve is downward-sloping—this case could be used as an exercise. The constant-price assumption allows a quick revision about the underlying assumptions of competitive behavior that would guarantee a horizontal market price.

  1. Activity type: Exercise (asynchronous); Exercise (in-class)
    Activity description: Negative external effects – Have students read this article from The Economist on slash-and burn farming in Sumatra: https://www.economist.com/banyan/2013/06/21/hazed-and-confused. Discussion questions: 1) Draw a cost-quantity diagram to illustrate the external effect described in the article. 2) Explain why the polluter being in a different country poses additional challenges to resolving the pollution issue.
    Using AI for this activity: Students create their own cost-quantity diagram illustrating a negative externality, such as slash-and-burn farming. The diagram should include key elements like marginal private cost (MPC), marginal social cost (MSC), deadweight loss (DWL), and the corresponding social and private optima. Once the graph is completed, students upload it and ask ChatGPT to review it.
    Using AI for this Activity:
    Example Prompt:
    “ChatGPT, I’ve uploaded my cost-quantity diagram showing how slash-and-burn farming creates a negative externality. Please check if I’ve labeled the marginal private cost (MPC), marginal social cost (MSC), and deadweight loss (DWL) correctly. Also, let me know if the social and private optima are accurately placed and explain any corrections or improvements I need to make.”
  2. Activity type: Exercise (asynchronous); Exercise (in-class)
    Activity description: Positive external effects – Have students repeat the surplus analysis in Figure 10.3, but for a positive external effect, to explain why a positive external effect results in a Pareto-inefficient outcome.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  3. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: External effects and the COVID-19 pandemic – Read Pingle (2022)’s review article on policy responses to the pandemic: https://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s11299-022-00288-6. Have students identify the various types of negative and positive externalities related to the COVID-19 pandemic, and the challenges with designing appropriate policy responses. (The policy responses themselves might have external effects e.g. developed countries do not sufficiently account for the effects of their policy actions on developing countries.)
    Using AI for this activity: None
  4. Activity type: Data
    Activity description: Measuring WTP for climate change mitigation – In Project 11 of Doing Economics, students work with survey data to estimate whether the (German) public’s WTP for climate change mitigation is enough to finance the required policies: https://www.core-econ.org/doing-economics/book/text/11-01.html
    Using AI for this activity: None
  5. Activity type: Extension
    Activity description: Quantifying the size of an external effect – Section 20.6 of The Economy 1.0 outlines methods that policymakers use to attempt to quantify the size of an environmental externality (contingent valuation, hedonic pricing, green growth valuation): (https://www.core-econ.org/the-economy/book/text/20.html#206-the-measurement-challenges-of-environmental-policy). Instructors can link this reading to the reading in Exercise 10.3 on Pigou’s ideas (https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC7814863/).
    Using AI for this activity: None
  6. Activity type: Extension
    Activity description: Positional goods and Veblen effects – Instructors can return to the example of conspicuous consumption in Unit 3. For an example of quantifying the negative external effects of positional goods, you can refer to this article on ‘Luxury cars in Switzerland.’: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.joep.2011.08.013 (Findings: in Switzerland, one additional Ferrari or Porsche per 1,000 people would have the same effect on income satisfaction as a 27% reduction in household income, for everyone else in the neighborhood.)
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: Coasean bargaining

Some students find understanding the relative bargaining areas in the Coase bargaining model of Section 10.3 confusing. Spend some time explaining the areas in Figure 10.3. To help students understand when bargaining is possible, note that MSC – MPC is the fishermen’s willingness to pay/accept and P – MPC is the producer’s willingness to accept/pay (depending on who has the property rights). The relative size of these two values determines whether a Pareto-improving bargain is possible, and the maximum size of the compensation (per tonne). The analysis first assumes that plantation owners have the property rights over the resources so that they can use the pesticide. Later, an alternative legal framework is proposed, where the fishermen have a legal right to clean water. Redraw for the students the areas in Figure 10.3 for this second case. It helps considerably in students’ understanding of the Coase bargaining model. It also helps understand that while the same outcome is achieved in terms of production and use of pesticide (assuming no transaction costs), the distribution of gains will be different between the two legal frameworks. Point to the limitations of Coase’s Theorem at the end of Section 10.3.
Pigouvian tax: CORE introduces taxes to internalize the external effects on the benefit side. The tax sets P = MPC at the socially optimal quantity, and thus reduces the price received by the firm (Figure 10.4). Students with prior knowledge of economics may have seen models where taxes increase marginal private cost. In our set-up, both formulations are equivalent.

  1. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Private bargaining in practice – As an extension to Exercises 10.1 and 10.2, for the market failures identified in Exercise 10.1, have students discuss whether private bargaining is/is not likely to resolve the issue, and why/why not.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Financing local infrastructure – Have students read this article from The Economist on externalities in property development: https://www.economist.com/free-exchange/2012/02/14/who-do-i-have-to-bribe. Questions: 1) Discuss the costs and benefits of using tax-increment financing for local infrastructure. What other practical issues might arise from this policy? 2) Why is Coasean bargaining difficult to implement in practice? 3) Do you think the tax-increment financing solution proposed in the article would help resolve the externality issue associated with property development?
    Using AI for this activity: Students use ChatGPT to simulate a debate between two perspectives on the use of tax-increment financing (TIF) for local infrastructure. One side argues for TIF as a solution to property development externalities, and the other highlights its practical challenges and potential drawbacks. This activity allows students to engage critically with the concept and evaluate its effectiveness.
    Example Prompt:
    “ChatGPT, act as an economist specializing in local infrastructure financing. First, explain the benefits of tax-increment financing (TIF) for resolving externalities in property development. Then, take the opposing view and discuss the practical issues and risks associated with implementing TIF. Conclude with suggestions for alternative policies that could address these externalities more effectively.”
  3. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Carbon pricing – Have students read this Financial Times article: https://www.ft.com/content/2d9490f2-1291-11e8-a765-993b2440bd73 and explain the challenges of adopting carbon pricing at a national and global level. Instructors can link this reading to the reading in Exercise 10.3 on Pigou’s ideas (https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC7814863/).
    Using AI for this activity: None
  4. Activity type: Exercise (asynchronous)
    Activity description: Cap and trade – Section 20.5 of The Economy 1.0 discusses cap and trade policies (https://www.core-econ.org/the-economy/book/text/20.html#205-cap-and-trade-environmental-policies) . This section contains 3 exercises (Exercise 20.5 – 20.7) that can be used as class discussion or as a homework assignment. Exercise 20.5 asks students to write an op-ed on cap-and-trade, Exercise 20.6 asks students to analyse the US SO2 cap and trade program, and Exercise 20.7 discusses ideal climate policy.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  5. Activity type: Game
    Activity description: Pollutions, taxes, and permits – Experiment 3 of Experiencing Economics, a companion text to The Economy, allows students to play a coal market game under three conditions (free market, tax, tradeable permits): https://www.core-econ.org/experiencing-economics/instructors/book/text/03.html. The instructor’s version (accessible if you have created a free CORE account) contains homework activities to accompany the experiment.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  6. Activity type: Exercise (in-class)
    Activity description: Positive externalities and COVID-19 vaccine development – Watch this 5-minute YouTube video on “Externalities and Incentives: The Economics of COVID”: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2EFG6dvtQ6M). Ask students to research two examples of how governments have helped to incentivize the development of the current COVID-19 vaccine. Discuss the public-good/externality nature of vaccines and the interventions used to incentivize their development. You can enrich the discussion with Richard E. Easterlin’s article on the history of mortality, and the role of markets and public health policy on economic development: https://www.jstor.org/stable/41377854.
    Using AI for this activity: Students use ChatGPT to guide them in creating visual representations (e.g., infographics, posters, or digital art) that depict the economics of COVID-19 vaccine development. This project highlights the positive externalities and the role of government interventions in incentivizing vaccine production, illustrating the public-good nature of vaccines.
    Using AI for this Activity:
    Example Prompt:
    “ChatGPT, help me create a visual representation of how vaccines act as a public good and how governments incentivized their development during the COVID-19 pandemic. Suggest key elements, such as illustrations for positive externalities, public-private partnerships, and policy interventions.”

Topic 2: Public goods

(Section 10.6-10.7)
This section explains why public good are underprovided in a free market and discusses some methods of provision (with radio broadcasting as an example). The goods taxonomy in Figure 10.9 can help students understand how the nature of goods affects the performance of markets.

Key concept: Public good

CORE follows Paul Samuelson’s definition of public goods in ‘The Pure Theory of Public Expenditure’ (1954), a major contribution to the theory of public goods. Many economists since have refined the concept to include non-excludability as a defining characteristic of public goods. CORE, rather, distinguishes between non-excludable and excludable public goods, the latter called ‘artificially scarce.’ Use Figures 10.7 and 10.8 to compare the market surplus under socially efficient provision and private provision.

  1. Activity type: Game
    Activity description: Playing the public goods game – If students have not yet played the public goods game (from Unit 4), Experiencing Economics, a companion text to The Economy, contains instructions on how to play this game in class [https://www.core-econ.org/experiencing-economics/instructors/book/text/01.html]. The instructor’s version (accessible if you have created a free CORE account) contains homework activities to accompany the experiment.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: The economics of broadcasting – As an extension to Exercise 10.8 and the discussion in Section 10.6, have students read this article by Ronald Coase on “The economics of broadcasting and government policy”: http://www.jstor.com/stable/1821307. Ask students to identify the different solutions proposed and find examples of countries where each solution has been adopted. Which arguments need revising in light of legal/technological developments that have happened since he wrote the article (1966), and which arguments still stand?
    Using AI for this activity: None
  3. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Public goods provision at a global level – Have students read this Financial Times article on whether the state can provide public goods effectively: https://www.ft.com/content/517e31c8-45bd-11e1-93f1-00144feabdc0. Discussion questions: 1) Explain the historical origins of institutions that provide public goods and the challenges of public goods provision in today’s globalised world. 2) Why is economic stability a public good, and what are the challenges with “providing” it?
    Using AI for this activity: None
  4. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Are children a public good? – Have students read this article from The Economist article that discusses this issue: https://www.economist.com/free-exchange/2007/07/27/are-children-a-public-good. Questions: 1) To what extent do children fit the economic definition of ‘public good’? What kind of externality (positive/negative) could be associated with having children? 2) Do you agree with the “kids as public goods” argument? Explain why/why not.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  5. Activity type: Exercise (in-class)
    Activity description: Classifying goods – Choose a good and ask students to provide conditions under which that good would fall under each of the 4 categories in Figure 10.9. Using music as an example – Rival and excludable: A one on one music lesson. Rival and not excludable: A performance in a crowded public square. Non-rival and excludable: A copyrighted tune available on Spotify. Non-rival and not excludable: ‘Happy Birthday’ the song; now in the public domain.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Topic 3: Hidden action

(Section 10.8-10.9)
Section 10.8 provides an overview of problems resulting from information asymmetries (hidden action and hidden attributes). Section 10.9 discusses moral hazard and its implications for insurance and credit markets.

Key concept: Moral hazard

Problems of moral hazard can be characterized as principal-agent problems. Students should understand how measures to mitigate hidden action problems in can exacerbate inequality (for example, requiring equity or collateral in credit markets can exclude low-income borrowers).

  1. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Moral hazard in the news – As an extension to Exercise 10.10, have students find examples of moral hazard in the news, and answer the same questions (identify the principal/agent, specify the hidden information, explain why the resulting allocation of resources is Pareto inefficient).
    Using AI for this activity: Students interact with ChatGPT to explore examples of hidden action in everyday life, such as moral hazard in insurance or employment. The AI generates relatable examples (e.g., an employee shirking work or an insured individual taking more risks) and asks students to suggest ways to mitigate these problems.
    Example Prompt:
    “ChatGPT, provide an example of moral hazard in car insurance. I will then explain the agents, the hidden information and efficiency then you can correct my understanding..”
  2. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Too big to fail – Have students read these two articles on policy reforms after the global financial crisis: The Economist (https://www.economist.com/leaders/2018/09/06/the-world-has-not-learned-the-lessons-of-the-financial-crisis); The Financial Times (https://www.ft.com/content/4b84d45e-8bec-11e7-9084-d0c17942ba93). Discussion questions: 1)To what extent did the policy reforms after 2008 address the root cause(s) of the financial crisis? 2) According to the articles, what lessons did policymakers fail to learn from the 2008 financial crisis?
    Using AI for this activity: None
  3. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Access to insurance – Have students read this article in The Economist on why the poor have less access to insurance: https://www.economist.com/international/2019/08/22/the-poor-who-most-need-insurance-are-least-likely-to-have-it. Discussion questions: 1) Discuss the challenges that insurers face when providing insurance to the poor. How could they encourage the poor to purchase insurance? 2) According to the article, what factors affect the demand and supply of insurance for the poor?
    Using AI for this activity: None

Topic 4: Hidden attributes

(Section 10.10)
This section uses Akerlof’s classic “lemons” example to explain how hidden attributes (such as product quality) can result in missing markets or Pareto inefficient outcomes (relative to the full-information case).

Key concept: Adverse selection

Work through the bullet points in the used car and health insurance examples to help students understand the logical steps behind market “unravelling”. Figure 10.13 shows how the asymmetric information problems of moral hazard and adverse selection fit into the unit’s framework for understanding external effects.

  1. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Technology and information asymmetries – Have students read this Financial Times article on how technology affects traditional information asymmetries in the insurance business: https://www.ft.com/content/4c4913a2-bbce-30ba-9c39-0ae23062adbf. To discuss: Explain why too little information and too much information pose problems for insurance markets.
    Using AI for this activity: Students use ChatGPT to analyze how digital technologies (e.g., blockchain or AI) can address asymmetric information in markets. The AI suggests mechanisms like smart contracts or real-time monitoring, and students evaluate their feasibility.
    Example Prompt:
    “ChatGPT, explain how blockchain technology can reduce information asymmetry in food supply chains. Suggest practical ways this could improve market outcomes.”
  2. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Addressing information asymmetries – Have students read this article by Thierer et al (2015) “How the Internet, the Sharing Economy, and Reputational Feedback Mechanisms solve the “Lemons Problem”: https://www.mercatus.org/students/research/working-papers/how-internet-sharing-economy-and-reputational-feedback-mechanisms. It discusses historical and modern methods of mitigating informational asymmetries and contains plenty of case studies for discussion.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  3. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: The market for lemons – Have students read this article in The Economist on used car markets: https://www.economist.com/finance-and-economics/2019/09/26/can-you-buy-a-good-second-hand-car. Questions to discuss: 1) Explain why Akerlof’s theory about the “market for lemons” differs from what actually happens in used car markets. 2) Compare and contrast the research findings discussed in the article with the predictions of Akerlof’s “market for lemons” paper.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Topic 5: The limits of markets

(Section 10.11)
This section discusses the limitations of markets on moral grounds, where the buying and selling of certain goods may violate ethical norms or undermine the dignity of those involved. Resources might instead be allocated by governments, firms, or families.

Key concept: Repugnant markets

Some market transactions conflict with the way we value humanity or democracy. You can refer to the United Nation’s declaration of human rights for a set of values that governments aim to protect. The section outlines examples of laws, like commercial surrogacy laws, that attempt to regulate repugnant markets.
Merit goods: Point to how there are moral/ethical reasons to provide some goods irrespective of ability to pay, just as there are moral or ethical reasons to ban transactions for certain goods. Merit goods are typically provided by governments.

  1. Activity type: Exercise (in-class)
    Activity description: Economic transactions and human rights – As an extension to Exercise 10.13, have students refer to United Nations’ Declaration of Human Rights to help consider what kinds of ethics/human rights would be violated, even if the transaction involved consenting adults: https://www.un.org/en/about-us/universal-declaration-of-human-rights
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Exercise (in-class)
    Activity description: Markets and civic life – Have students watch this 10-minute TED talk of Michael Sandel: https://tinyco.re/7650014. Ask students to summarise Michael Sandel’s argument and explain why they agree/disagree with Michael Sandel’s points about markets, inequality, and democracy. Instructors can supplement the TED talk with this Financial Times article (also by Michael Sandel) on the limits of markets: https://www.ft.com/content/58c2a83a-63e2-11e2-b92c-00144feab49a.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  3. Activity type: Exercise (in-class)
    Activity description: Matching markets – Have students watch this 5-minute video of Nobel Laureate Alvin Roth discussing matching markets as a way to facilitate organ donation: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=r7vzgexzXOk. Alvin Roth’s Journal of Perspectives article is also helpful to explain why a transaction may be considered repugnant, with both current and historical examples: https://dash.harvard.edu/bitstream/handle/1/2624677/Roth_Repugnance.pdf?sequence=6
    Using AI for this activity: Students use ChatGPT to evaluate policies for regulating repugnant markets, such as organ donation or commercial surrogacy. The student provides examples of regulations and the AI critiques or improves them based on ethical considerations.
    Example Prompt:
    “ChatGPT, I will suggest three policies to regulate a legal market for organ donation and I’ll include measures to protect donors and maintain public trust. Then can you evaluate their ethical and practical implications.”
  4. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Markets for organ donation – Have students read this article from The Economist on legal markets for organ transplants: https://www.economist.com/international/2008/10/09/the-gap-between-supply-and-demand. Questions: 1) Discuss the pros and cons of creating a legal market for organ transplants. 2) What important factors do policymakers need to consider in order to maintain the public’s trust in the market? 3) Explain whether or not you agree that buying and selling organs should be a legal transaction. If you agree, discuss some rules you think are necessary to regulate the market, If you disagree, suggest an alternative solution.
    Using AI for this activity: None

The Economy 2.0: Macroeconomics — teaching guides

Complete teaching guides for units 1–10 of The Economy 2.0: Macroeconomics, plus the list of building blocks. This page is structured for machine reading.

How this page is organised

  • Each unit guide is an H2 section titled “Unit N teaching guide”.
  • Within a unit: Conceptual prerequisites, Building blocks in this unit, an H3 Unit narrative, and an H3 What’s important/difficult and how to teach it.
  • Inside that last section, each topic is an H4 (“Topic N: …”) followed by the sections it covers.
  • Each topic contains one or more Key concept: entries, each followed by a numbered list of activities.
  • Each activity carries three labelled fields: Activity type:, Activity description: and Using AI for this activity: (“None” where the guide gives no AI suggestion).

Building blocks

The Economy 2.0 – Macroeconomics contains a new feature called “building blocks”. These are self-contained sections or groups of sections that explain certain concepts and techniques. Where building blocks are used in later units, a hyperlink is always provided there which opens the required material in a separate tab, making it easy for students to read the prerequisite material, either to provide the necessary background knowledge when the unit it comes from has not previously been covered, or to refresh their memories. Building blocks are designed to provide instructors with greater flexibility in the way the course is structured, because prerequisite knowledge is easily identifiable.

Prerequisite units

The use of building blocks in The Economy 2.0 – Macroeconomics makes it easier for instructors to customize the structure of their class to suit their specific audience and context. There are only two cases where a whole unit is required as a prerequisite for another unit. These units are as follows: (TO UPDATE)

Prerequisite Units Where used as a prerequisite
Unit 1 Unit 2
Unit 1, 2 & 3 Unit 4

Building blocks by unit

Unit Section(s) Title of Building Block Where required? Where linked as optional reading?
1 1.5, 1.6, 1.7 The WS-PS model of the supply side of the macroeconomy Unit 3, Unit 5 None
3 3.6, 3.7, 3.8 The multiplier model Unit 5, Unit 9 None
4 4.5, 4.6 The Phillips curve Unit 5 None
4 4.7, 4.8 The business cycle model Unit 5 None
5 5.2, 5.3, 5.4 Role of fiscal and monetary policy Unit 7 None
5 5.9, 5.10 Monetary policy and inflation Unit 7 None
5 5.13, 5.14 The domestic and exchange rate channels for the transmission of monetary policy Unit 7 None
5 5.14 Monetary policy and the exchange rate Unit 7 None
6 6.2-6.4 Debt, financial sector, and banks Unit 8 None
6 6.6 Introducing the central bank Unit 8 None
8 (Micro) 8.2 and 8.3 Demand and supply curves Unit 8 None
1 (Micro) 1.2 History’s hockey stick Unit 9 None
10 (Micro) 10.3 and 10.5 Addressing external effects Unit 9 None
10 (Micro) 10.6 and 10.7 Public Goods Unit 10 None
4 & 5 (Micro) 4.5 and 5.3 Pareto efficiency and fairness Unit 10 None
4 (Micro) 4.3 and 4.3 Game Theory and Nash equilibrium Unit 10 None
5 (Micro) 5.12 Measuring economic inequality: The Gini coefficient Unit 10 None
3 (Micro) 3.2-3.4 Solving constrained choice problems Unit 10 None
3 (Micro) 3.7 Income and substitution fees Unit 10 None
7 (Micro) 7.5 Demand, elasticity, and revenue Unit 10 None
6 (Micro) 6.6 Getting the work done: Contracts, principals, and agents Unit 10 None

Unit 1 teaching guide

Conceptual prerequisites:

  • None

Building blocks in this unit:

  • 1.5 to 1.7 Macroeconomics – The supply side of macroeconomy
  • (This building block introduces the WS-PS model which is used in units 2, 4 and 5).

Unit narrative

  • The economy as a whole
    (Section 1.2)
  • Measuring the economy:
    (Un)employment
    (Section 1.3)
  • Measuring the economy:
    Real wages
    (Section 1.4)
  • The Supply Side
    Overview of the WS-PS model
    (Section 1.5)
  • The WS curve
    (Section 1.6)
  • The PS curve
    (Section 1.7)
  • Equilibrium and Disequilibrium in the WS-PS model
    (Section 1.8)
  • Macroeconomics
    (section 1.9)

What’s important/difficult and how to teach it

Unit overview: This unit provides an introduction to macroeconomics and introduces (un)employment and real wages as key macroeconomic outcomes. It also introduces the WS-PS (supply-side) model. The main decision instructors will need to make is how much detail to provide about the background of this model. This would depend on how much time you have to teach the unit as well as your students’ strengths and weaknesses. Units 1 and 2 go together in the sense that unit 1 teaches the model and unit 2 provides various extensions and applications. Even if you do not teach all of unit 2, it would be good to use at least one section to let students work with the model after you have finished teaching unit 1. This will help your students so that the model does not seem abstract to them. Unit 2 also discusses the measurement of inequality via Lorenz curves and the Gini coefficient.

Topic 1: Measuring the Economy: Unemployment and real wages (Section 1.3 – 1.4)

Key concept: Labour market statistics

the level of employment, unemployment and labour force participation are defined and students learn how they are calculated.

  1. Activity type: Data
    Activity description: See this link for demographic pyramids (population by gender and age group) that are further divided by employment status into employed, unemployed, and inactive: https://www.iz.sk/en/projects/eu-regions/SK
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Exercise
    Activity description: Asking students to work with real data for this section will help increase engagement. Exercise 1.1 links to the ILOSTAT website. Alternatives include FRED for the US and other country-specific websites. Students should be able to generate a graph of unemployment rates for their own country and point to major events (e.g. significant recessions which are visible via spikes in unemployment rates). Do they have stories of how they or their parents have experienced the impacts of these events?
    Using AI for this activity: None
  3. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Students should understand that the unemployment rate is not the only important labour market statistic. For example, labour force participation rates are also important. This article from the US Bureau of Labour Statistics discusses trends in labour force participation rates: https://www.bls.gov/opub/mlr/2023/article/labour-force-and-macroeconomic-projections.htm and this article provides detailed reasons for being out of the labour force, broken up by demographic characteristics: https://www.bls.gov/opub/btn/volume-4/people-who-are-not-in-the-labour-force-why-arent-they-working.htm You could ask your students to pull out two statistics that they find particularly interesting and share them with the class (e.g. post them on a discussion forum).
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: Real wages

students learn about nominal wages, the CPI price index and how real wages are nominal wages divided by the price level.

  1. Activity type: Data
    Activity description: Students could compare data on real wages in two cities in your country. You could then compare nominal wages in the two cities as well as cost of living differences. Are differences in real wages between the two cities driven by differences in nominal wages or by cost of living differences? Alternatively, you could discuss two cities with similar real wage levels, but one where nominal wages and the cost of living are high and the other where both nominal wages and the cost of living are relatively lower.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Topic 2: The WS-PS Model (Section 1.5 – 1.8)

Key concept: Overview

The WS-PS model is introduced in unit 1 and applied in unit 2. It is used in the modelling of inflation in unit 4 and to describe the impacts of fiscal and monetary policy in unit 5. It is therefore important that students become comfortable with this model.

  1. Activity type: Teaching guidance
    Activity description: Section 1.5 introduces the actors and the set-up of the model, and gives an overview of the WS curve, the PS curve and the question of equilibrium. These three topics are then unpacked further in the following three sections. It is possible to teach only this section, but students will benefit from the more detailed explanations in the following three sections.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: The WS curve

The WS curve shows the real wage that firms must pay at different levels of employment in order to recruit a sufficient number of workers and motivate them to work hard. At the most basic level, students should understand that real wages tend to be high in “tight” labour markets when unemployment is low, and lower when unemployment is high. In a more detailed way, it will be helpful if students understand the meaning of the firm-level no-shirking wage curve which lies behind this model.

  1. Activity type: Teaching guidance
    Activity description: This unit is built on the labour market model introduced in unit 6 of the microeconomics text. Firms have monopsony power and face an upward sloping reservation wage curve. There is also a principle-agent problem within the firm where the employer cannot perfectly observe the worker’s effort level, so firms pay higher wages to provide workers with an employment rent that incentivises them to work hard rather than shirk. As such, firms select the optional combination of wage and employment to maximize profits based on an upward sloping no-shirking wage curve. This curve depends on various factors, including factors which effect worker’s reservation wages (such as unemployment benefits) as well as the cost of effort. Students may want to explore unit 6, but sufficient detail is provided within this unit such that unit 6 of the micro text is not a prerequisite.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Activity
    Activity description: Many students have had experiences where they received a job offer and were deciding whether or not to accept it – you can ask them to put their reservation wages in a spreadsheet and then sort and graph them to see the (probably!) upward sloping reservation wage curve. You can also ask them about working hard vs shirking and their experiences with monitoring, either as employees or perhaps as managers or supervisors. Students may have worked in a variety of jobs and how easy it is to monitor workers may vary widely between those jobs.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: The PS curve

The two things students really need to know are 1) the real wage w is determined by the nominal wage W (set by the HR department) and the price level P (set by the marketing department). Firms set prices to maximize profits based on the cost of production (wages, which depend on the extent of the firms’ power in labour markets) and a markup, which is higher when the firm has more power in product markets. Higher prices mean a lower real wage for workers. And 2) The real wage given by the PS curve shows how real output is split between workers (as real wages) and the owners of the firm (as real profits).

  1. Activity type: Teaching guidance
    Activity description: Depending on your students and the time available, you could teach this in a very simple way or much more thoroughly. The most thorough teaching will include extension 1.7 which does not use calculus. Students also find diagrams such as 7.18 from the micro text helpful, if you draw more and less steep demand curves and show how the markup changes. On the other hand, it is also possible to explain the meaning of the curve without going into too much of the microeconomics. For a simple visual that speaks to the intuition, you could include pictures of a pie to emphasise how lambda represents the size of the pie and the PS curve shows how it is split up. Referring back to the earlier sections of the unit is also helpful because students learned in section 1.4 that the real wage is equal to the nominal wage divided by the price level.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Teaching guidance
    Activity description: There are two key equations at the end of extension 1.7 which help to understand the PS curve. Combining the equation on price setting (P = 1/(1-mu)*MC) and the equation for marginal cost (MC = (1+eta) * W/lambda) and rearranging gives us the first key equation: w = W/P = (1-mu)/(1+eta)* lambda. This equation demonstrates that the real wage given by the PS curve depends on mu (which reflects product market concentration), eta (which reflects labour market concentration) and lambda (labour productivity) – as discussed in the main section. Furthermore, this equation can be written as w = (1-sigma)*lambda – which shows that the PS curve indicates how output per worker (lambda) is split between firms (who receive sigma) and workers (who receive 1 – sigma).
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: Equilibrium and Disequilibrium

Section 1.8 describes why there must always be some unemployment, and explains how the economy would move back toward equilibrium from a state of disequilibrium (where the real wage on the WS curve is either higher or lower than the real wage on the PS curve).

  1. Activity type: Teaching guidance
    Activity description: The explanations of why the economy would gradually move back toward the equilibrium at point A from either point B or point C involve multiple steps. Make sure you walk through these steps one by one with students to help them understand the logic.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Non-compete agreements – The FTC recently introduced a ban on non-compete agreements in the USA. This section discusses how this change would shift both the PS curve and the WS curve. As background reading, have students read this article from The Economist [https://www.economist.com/finance-and-economics/2018/05/17/lawmakers-are-trying-to-curb-contracts-that-make-it-harder-to-change-jobs] and discuss the following questions: 1) To what extent are relationship-specific and firm-specific assets a plausible explanation for the widespread use of non-compete agreements in America? 2) Analyse the costs and benefits of non-compete agreements on firms, workers, and the whole economy.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: Section 2.11: Germany and Spain

Unit 1 starts with a puzzle and the last section of unit 2 directly answers that puzzle. Even if you do not have time to teach all of unit 2, it would be helpful for your students if you include a discussion of section 2.11 which compares macroeconomic outcomes (unemployment and real wages) in Germany and Spain. This helps them tie the threads together and provides at least one compelling application.

  1. Activity type: Activity
    Activity description: Students should draw a WS-PS diagram for each country (Germany and Spain) showing – based on the data – which has higher labour productivity, which country most likely would have a higher WS curve and which would have a higher PS curve. They should then discuss whether the predictions of the model (based on the two diagrams they have drawn) match the real-world data. (Using the same sources, a comparison of Belgium and France also seems to work quite well).
    Using AI for this activity: None

Topic 3: Macroeconomics (Section 1.9)

Key concept: Studying the economy as a whole

Section 1.9 explains the difference between microeconomics and macroeconomics and discusses aggregation, general equilibrium and some interesting paradoxes

  1. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: The following link describes the contributions of Nobel prize winning economist Angus Deaton: https://www.nobelprize.org/prizes/economic-sciences/2015/popular-information/ The discussion of the representative consumer is interesting and highly relevant to this section.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Unit 2 teaching guide

Conceptual prerequisites:

  • Unit 1

Building blocks in this unit:

  • None

Unit narrative

  • Measuring the economy:
    (Inequality
    (Section 2.2)
  • WS-PS and Lorenz models – Unemployment and inequality
    (Section 2.3)
  • Labour market policies
    (Section 2.4)
  • Labour unions
    (Section 2.5)
  • Segmented
    labour markets
    (Section 2.6)
  • Taxes and
    Imported materials
    (Section 2.7 and 2.8)
  • Application: Competition and Inequality in the US
    (Section 2.9)
  • Application: Danish “flexicurity”
    (Section 2.10)
  • Successes and failures: Germany and Spain
    (Section 2.11)
  • How good is the model? + Summary
    (Sections 2.12 and 2.13)

What’s important/difficult and how to teach it

Topic 1: Measuring Inequality (Section 2.1 – 2.3)

Key concept: Lorenz Curves and the Gini Coefficient

Inequality is a key theme of this unit. Section 2.2 introduces the Lorenz curve as a way to depict the distribution (e.g. of income) within a society and shows how the Lorenz curve can be used to calculate an estimate of the Gini coefficient. The Gini coefficient was also introduced in unit 5 of the microeconomics text.

  1. Activity type: Exercise (in-class)
    Activity description: Exercise 2.1 links to a Gini coefficient calculator (https://goodcalculators.com/gini-coefficient-calculator/). The exercise suggests calculating the Gini coefficient for heights of the students in the class. You could also calculate the Gini coefficient for distance from the university to their hometown.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Economic crises and inequality – These articles compare the distributional impacts of the global financial crisis and the COVID-19 pandemic and discuss other impacts of the two crises on labour markets: Shibata (2021) [https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC9183946/] and Verick et al. (2021) [https://doi.org/10.1111/ilr.12230]. Students could draw on these articles to discuss in what ways the two crises had similar impacts on inequality and in what ways the impacts were different.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  3. Activity type: Exercise (in-class)
    Activity description: Political consequences of inequality – Have students read this Financial Times article about how income inequality in the UK affected the Brexit vote: https://www.ft.com/content/24e88c30-bc5f-11e6-8b45-b8b81dd5d080. To discuss: 1) Choose one of the graphs in the article and describe, in your opinion, the most interesting feature. 2) Explain what is meant by the Gini coefficient. Explain what the article suggests has happened to income inequality since the 1970s. (Instructors can also ask students to look up income inequality statistics for their country or a country of their choice and compare it with those in the article).
    Using AI for this activity: None
  4. Activity type: Resources
    Activity description: Learn more about inequality – For additional material on measuring and tackling inequality, instructors can refer to the following:
    1) The Economy 1.0, Unit 19 (https://www.core-econ.org/the-economy/book/text/19.html)
    2) CORE Econ’s Insight on inequality (https://www.core-econ.org/insights/a-world-of-differences/text/01.html)
    3) CORE Econ’s LabXchange course on inequality (https://www.labxchange.org/library/pathway/lx-pathway:947bd402-9d3a-40f0-bcac-31c660f34459)
    CORE Econ’s ‘Economic inequality pathway’, a learning experience assembled like a storyline, which users can go through at their own pace. It consists of slideline figures, text, and items of assessment with immediate feedback which illustrate concepts related to economic inequality.
    Each of these resources are approximately one week’s worth of reading/work.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: Lorenz curves and the WS-PS model

section 2.3 demonstrates how the WS-PS model and the Lorenz curve model are related. This is an important section because throughout unit 2, the effects of various policies will be demonstrated using these two models in connection with each other. This unit uses both diagrams to demonstrate the effects of a change in product market competition – which is discussed further in relating to the US in section 2.9. It is important that students understand why the PS curve moves UP when product market competition INCREASES (i.e. because the price markup falls and P is in the denominator of the w = W/P equation).

  1. Activity type: Exercise
    Activity description: To check if students are able to connect the two models independently, you could give students a figure which shows the WS-PS model and ask them to calculate the Gini coefficient. For example, on the diagram, you could give lambda a value of 3, set the real wage at 2.4 (so the wage share is 0.8 (real wage = 0.8*lambda)), and have the intersection of the WS-PS curves at N = 150 and the size of the labour force at N = 185. You could also inform them that the total population is 200 people, there are 15 companies which each employ 10 workers and have a single owner (who is not in the labour force) and that unemployed people have zero income. For this specific case, the Gini coefficient is 0.265.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Topic 2: Extensions of the WS-PS and Lorenz curve models (Section 2.4 – 2.8)

Key concept: Labour market policies

education and training; wage subsidies and unemployment benefits

  1. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Ask students for suggestions as to how the quality of education and training in your country could be improved in such a way that it would increase labour productivity.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: These papers discuss wage subsidies and the effects on employment during and after the COVID-19 pandemic for Mexico (https://www.econstor.eu/bitstream/10419/145286/1/dp9995.pdf) and South Africa (https://www.researchgate.net/profile/Tim-Koehler/publication/359745477_Wage_subsidies_and_COVID-19_The_distribution_and_dynamics_of_South_Africa%27s_TERS_policy/links/624dea6f4f88c3119ce45680/Wage-subsidies-and-COVID-19-The-distribution-and-dynamics-of-South-Africas-TERS-policy.pdf). Possible discussion – how were the two programs similar and different? Did they achieve their purpose of supporting employment during the economic crisis?
    Using AI for this activity: None
  3. Activity type: Data; Discussion
    Activity description: Unemployment insurance around the world – The following webpages contain information about unemployment insurance generosity in various countries: OECD (https://data.oecd.org/benwage/benefits-in-unemployment-share-of-previous-income.htm); International Labour Organization (https://www.ilo.org/global/about-the-ilo/newsroom/news/WCMS_007901/lang--en/index.htm). In groups, students could use this information to discuss how the reservation wages of workers may differ across countries and groups in society (e.g. gender, age, type of occupation).
    Using AI for this activity: None
  4. Activity type: Data
    Activity description: Management practices in firms – Project 6 of Doing Economics teaches students about how economists can measure management practices in firms. Part 6.1 shows students how to calculate descriptive statistics and compare management scores across countries [https://www.core-econ.org/doing-economics/book/text/06-02.html#part-61-looking-for-patterns-in-the-survey-data]. Instructors can set a few questions for homework or an in-class exercise.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: Labour unions

Section 2.5 describes how unionization could be represented by an upward shift the the WS curve. The “union voice effect” would shift the WS curve in the opposite direction. Unions can impact productivity negatively or positively (this would shift the PS curve, though that is not shown in the diagrams). The section discusses the different impacts of unions that act inclusively (showing restraint due to the impact on the whole economy) in contrast to unions that do not act inclusively (pushing for higher wages in their own corner of the economy).

  1. Activity type: Data
    Activity description: Unions affect a variety of outcomes. This section focuses on the relationship between union coverage and employment rates. The following section of the textbook on segmented labour markets also highlights that “good jobs” with higher wages and other benefits may be union jobs in many cases. You could expand the discussion to cover other aspects if you like.
    For the US, this link includes data on union coverage and work stoppages: https://www.bls.gov/news.release/pdf/union2.pdf
    This link also covers various aspects, including an interesting table on fringe benefits: https://home.treasury.gov/news/featured-stories/labour-unions-and-the-us-economy
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: Segmented labour markets

Section 2.6 uses the Lorenz curve to show how inequality amongst workers (in primary and secondary labour markets) introduces an additional source of inequality and leads to an increase in the Gini coefficient

  1. Activity type: Data
    Activity description: It would be helpful to provide statistics that describe how jobs in primary and secondary labour markets might look in your own country. For the US, while high-wage workers often have access to paid vacation time, paid sick leave and employer provided health-insurance, these benefits are not universal. The following links provide details: Paid leave (various categories) by wage group: https://www.bls.gov/charts/employee-benefits/percent-access-paid-leave-by-wage.htm. Paid vacation: https://www.bls.gov/ebs/factsheets/paid-vacations.htm. Employer provided health insurance: https://www.bls.gov/opub/ted/2023/coverage-in-employer-medical-care-plans-among-workers-in-different-wage-groups-in-2022.htm
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Extension
    Activity description: The gig economy – Instructors may want to discuss this alternative way of organizing labour. Section 6.14 of Economy, Society, and Public Policy provides an introductory discussion [https://www.core-econ.org/espp/book/text/06.html#614-another-kind-of-business-organization-the-gig-economy]. Students can also read this Financial Times article on worker monitoring in the gig economy [https://www.ft.com/content/88fdc58e-754f-11e6-b60a-de4532d5ea35] and compare it with worker monitoring in traditional firms.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: Taxes and Imported Materials

Sections 2.7 and 2.8 show how the equation of the PS curve can be modified to demonstrate how taxes (consumption and labour taxes) and the cost of imported materials will effect the outcomes of the model

  1. Activity type: Exercise (in-class)
    Activity description: You could ask your students to draw a diagram representing a tax-funded increase in unemployment benefits. That is a good exercises as it requires them to shift both curves. In this case, the PS curve would fall and the WS curve would shift up, leading to a fall in real wages and a large increase in unemployment. Refer back to section 2.4 which discusses the empirical relationship between unemployment benefit generosity and unemployment rates, where there isn’t necessarily a clear and strong relationship (Sweden’s solidarity wage program which is modelled as an upward shift in the PS curve is described to help explain why we might not see a strong relationship in practice).
    Using AI for this activity: None

Topic 3: Applications (Section 2.9 – 2.11)

Key concept: Competition and Inequality in the US

  1. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Lina Khan is the current head of the US Federal Trade Commission (FTC) and has taken an active approach to implementing anti-trust legislation and promoting competition – this article and video are very relevant for this section http://abcnews.go.com/Politics/ftc-started-takes-amazon-meta-chair-lina-khan/story?id=109928219
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: Danish “flexicurity”

Section 2.10 discusses the Danish response to the COVID-19 pandemic as well as Denmark’s long-running tradition of “flexicurity”

  1. Activity type: Activity
    Activity description: Your students could gather news articles on the government’s approach to providing support during the COVID-19 pandemic and compare the approach to the approach taken in Denmark. What were the rationales behind the various approaches? Is there evidence on what worked well or not so well?
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: Germany and Spain

Section 2.11 answers the puzzle that was introduced at the start of unit 1. If you already discussed this section when you taught unit 1, you could revisit it here briefly now that your students have seen a more detailed explanation of the potential impacts of unemployment benefits, union coverage and taxes.

  1. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Students should draw a WS-PS diagram for each country (Germany and Spain) showing – based on the data – which has higher labour productivity, which country most likely would have a higher WS curve and which would have a higher PS curve. They should then discuss whether the predictions of the model (based on the two diagrams they have drawn) match the real-world data. (Using the same sources, a comparison of Belgium and France also seems to work quite well).
    Using AI for this activity: None

Topic 4: How good is the model? (Section 2.12 – 2.13)

Key concept: Sections 2.12 and 2.13 discuss what the model does well as well as some limitations including 1) it may take a long time (decades) to reach the long-run equilibrium so what is observed in the data at any given point in time may not match that and 2) it does not include aggregate demand, which is the topic of the following unit

  1. Activity type: Exercise (in-class)
    Activity description: This section discusses the reunification of Germany and unemployment rates over a long period of time. Ask you students to think of another similar large shock that may have taken a long time to recover from.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Unit 3 teaching guide

Required Building Blocks:

  • Section 2.8 (Microeconomics volume) Economic models: How to see more by looking at less

Building blocks in this unit:

  • Sections 3.6-3.8 The multiplier model

Unit narrative

  • Measuring economic output (Section 3.2-3.4)
    Gross Domestic Product (GDP)
    Circular flow: expenditure, output, income
    Components of GDP (C, I, II, G, X, M)
    Nominal vs Real GDP
    Purchasing power parity (PPP) prices
  • Business cycle fluctuations
    (Section 3.1, 3.5)
    The business cycle
    Boom, recession (two definitions)
  • The multiplier model
    (Section 3.6-3.8)
    Aggregate demand function: Autonomous consumption/investment, marginal propensity to consume, marginal propensity to import
    Goods market equilibrium
    The multiplier, the multiplier process
  • Application: China’s post-pandemic aggregate demand problem (Section 3.13)
  • Household decisions: Consumption
    (Section 3.9-3.10)
    Life cycle model of consumption
    Consumption smoothing
    Self-insurance, co-insurance
    Credit constraints, credit-market exclusion
  • Firm decisions: Investment
    (Section 3.11-3.12)
    Aggregate investment function, interest rate, profit expectations
    Capacity utilisation
    Investment as a coordination problem

What’s important/difficult and how to teach it

Topic 1: GDP as a measure of economic growth and material wellbeing

(Section 3.2-3.4)
These sections provide an in-depth discussion of how GDP is measured, how it is made comparable across time and across countries, and its limitations as a measure of wellbeing.

Key concept: GDP

Students should know the three ways to measure GDP (expenditure, output, income) and why they are equivalent (refer to the circular flow representation in Figure 3.3). For more detail on the “value added” (income) approach, instructors can refer to Extension 3.3. Students should also know how GDP measures are adjusted for comparisons: nominal GDP measures are made comparable over time by using prices in a specified base year (the result is known as real GDP or GDP at constant prices). GDP per capita is also made comparable across countries by using purchasing power parity (PPP) prices.

  1. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Three ways to measure GDP – Have students read the article “What do the different measures of GDP tell us?” (by Philip Cross, Statistics Canada). Ask students why there may be some discrepancies between the 3 different measures of GDP and how each measure gives us a different understanding about the process of economic growth (note: the article also discusses 3 other ways that GDP is measured).
    Link to article: https://www.cdhowe.org/sites/default/files/attachments/research_papers/mixed/What to the Different Measures of GDP Tell Us.pdf
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Extension
    Activity description: Extension 3.3 provides more detail on measuring GDP as value added, and the concept of national income.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: Components of GDP

From a national accounting perspective, students should be aware of what is included in each component of GDP (consumption, fixed investment, changes in inventories, government spending, and the trade balance (exports minus imports)) and what isn’t included (to avoid double-counting). For example, government transfers are not included as a component of GDP because these transfers are already counted as consumption and/or investment.

  1. Activity type: Data
    Activity description: Doing Economics Project 4, Part 4.1 – In this part (6 questions), students download GDP data from the United Nations data site and plot charts of the GDP components: https://www.core-econ.org/doing-economics/book/text/04-02.html#part-41-gdp-and-its-components-as-a-measure-of-material-wellbeing. Questions 3-5 are suitable (individually or together) for a short homework exercise or the whole Part 4.1 could be a longer assignment. This activity is available in Excel, R, Google Sheets, and Python.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Components of GDP in the Chinese economy – Have students read this Financial Times article on consumption and investment in China: https://www.ft.com/content/b54cda40-3659-11e8-8b98-2f31af407cc8. Discussion question: How have the components of GDP (specifically, consumption and investment) for China changed over time and why does the author of the article think these changes are a positive sign?
    Using AI for this activity: None
  3. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Changes in components of GDP over time – Have students read this article in The Economist about China’s economic growth: https://www.economist.com/finance-and-economics/2008/01/03/an-old-chinese-myth. Discussion questions: 1) Compare the components of GDP mentioned in the article (net exports, investment, consumption) for China and the US. Which country is likely to be more affected by a fall in exports from that country? 2) Explain why value-added is a more accurate way to measure exports (compared to gross revenue), and how this measure changes the way we think about China’s economic growth in the 2000s. 3) How have the components of China’s GDP changed since the article was written (in 2008)?
    Using AI for this activity: None
  4. Activity type: Extension
    Activity description: CORE’s Insight on “Financing American government” explains the Treasury and Federal Reserve system, how they operate during “normal” economic times and how they intervene during economic crises: https://www.core-econ.org/insights/financing-american-government/text/01.html (Instructors may want to leave this activity until Unit 5, after covering fiscal and monetary policy in more depth).
    Using AI for this activity: None
  5. Activity type: Poll; Discussion
    Activity description: Components of GDP – Have students come up with conditions under which a product (like a washing machine) could be counted in different components of GDP. For example: If the washing machine is bought by a household, it’s a part of consumption. If it’s bought by a hotel to be used in its premises, it’s investment. If this washing machine is bought by a government institution (e.g. ministry), it’s government expenditure. If it’s bought by a foreigner to be taken to the foreigner’s home country, it should be declared at the border and therefore counts as exports. If it’s bought by another store to be sold, it’s intermediary consumption, which does not change GDP.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  6. Activity type: Extension
    Activity description: CORE’s insight on “Public debt” explains how governments finance expenditure via debt rather than taxes, and discusses when public debt becomes a problem: https://www.core-econ.org/insights/public-debt/text/01.html (Instructors may want to leave this activity until Unit 5, after covering fiscal and monetary policy in more depth).
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: Interpretation of GDP

Students should know the key measurement issues associated with GDP (does not account for changes in quality, excludes non-market activity, excludes the underground/illegal economy), and be aware of GDP’s limitations as a broader measure of national wellbeing.

  1. Activity type: Data
    Activity description: OECD Better Life Index – To build on Exercise 3.1 (Section 3.1), ask students to find out how their country measures quality of life. What domains/dimensions do the national statistics agency focus on, and how do those compare with those in the OECD’s better life index? What specific measures do the national statistics agency regularly collect?) For example, the UK’s Office of National Statistics collects 44 indicators of national well-being across 10 dimensions: https://www.ons.gov.uk/peoplepopulationandcommunity/wellbeing/bulletins/qualityoflifeintheuk/may2023
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Data
    Activity description: Doing Economics Project 4 Part 4.2 – In this part (8 questions), students explore the Human Development Index (HDI) as an alternative measure of national wellbeing and compare country rankings with those of GDP rankings: https://www.core-econ.org/doing-economics/book/text/04-02.html#part-42-the-hdi-as-a-measure-of-wellbeing. The whole part will take a few weeks to complete (in class or in students’ own time) so is suitable for a semester-long assignment. This activity is available in Excel, R, Google Sheets, and Python.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  3. Activity type: Poll
    Activity description: PPP adjustments to GDP per capita – Instructors could ask students to guess which countries would have the highest/lowest cost of living, or ask students to rank a selection of countries, then show them the answers, based on statistics from the Numbeo website (https://tinyco.re/6386280). Based on the data, instructors could then ask students to determine whether differences in GDP per capita would be smaller/larger when accounting for PPP compared to current exchange rates.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  4. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: The limitations of GDP – Have students read this article in The Economist: https://www.economist.com/briefing/2016/04/30/the-trouble-with-gdp. Discussion questions: 1) Discuss some of the measurement issues associated with calculating GDP. 2) How useful is GDP as a measure of living standards?
    Using AI for this activity: None

Topic 2: Business cycle fluctuations

(Section 3.1 and 3.5)
Section 3.1 introduces the idea that falling economic output can cause affect individual prosperity and wellbeing. Section 3.5 uses data from the UK to demonstrate that economic growth (measured by percentage changes in GDP) is not smooth: it has peaks (booms) and troughs (recessions). Investment also tends to be more volatile than consumption. Sections 3.9-3.13 discuss some reasons why.

Key concept: The business cycle

The movement from boom to recession and back to boom is known as the business cycle. Students should know the two definitions of a recession (declining output vs economic output below its “normal level”). The concept of “normal output” will be discussed further in Unit 4.

  1. Activity type: Data
    Activity description: Recessions and hardships – Figure 3.1 (Section 3.1) shows survey measures of recession hardships in the US. Ask students to find similar statistics for other countries for the 2008 financial crisis or the recent pandemic-induced recession. How do these statistics compare with those of the US? What other measures of hardship (economic or otherwise) are missing from Figure 3.1?
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Data
    Activity description: Using FRED – Exercise 3.4 gives students a step-by-step introduction to the FRED website. FRED is a useful source for macroeconomic data so instructors may want all students to familiarize themselves with this data source at this point.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  3. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Economists’ understanding of business cycles – Have students read this article in The Economist on views about business cycles: https://www.economist.com/finance-and-economics/2018/04/19/economists-still-lack-a-proper-understanding-of-business-cycles. Discussion question: Compare and contrast the views of neoclassical and New Keynesian economics. How did the 2008 financial crisis challenge these views?
    Using AI for this activity: None
  4. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: GDP growth – Have students read this article in The Economist on GDP growth in the US: https://www.economist.com/finance-and-economics/2019/04/26/americas-strong-growth-this-year-surprises-economists. Discussion question: Using the GDP decomposition in the unit, explain why US GDP grew by more than expected in the first quarter of 2019. Which components of GDP might be a concern for policymakers?
    Students can find equivalent data for their own country/another country of their choice and conduct similar analysis.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  5. Activity type: Extension (Data)
    Activity description: Doing Economics’ Extra Empirical Project on “Female labour supply and the macroeconomy” relates data on female labour supply decisions to macroeconomic data on business cycles: https://www.core-econ.org/doing-economics/book/text/13-01.html. The full project will take at least a few weeks to complete, so instructors may assign parts or individual questions for week-long homework exercises. This project is available in Excel, R, and Google Sheets.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Topic 3: The multiplier model

(Section 3.6-3.8)
These sections introduce the multiplier model, which is a model of aggregate demand that includes the multiplier process. The concepts of equilibrium and exogenous shocks are essential for understanding this model; these are covered in Section 2.8 of the Microeconomics volume.

Key concept: Aggregate demand

Aggregate demand is the total of the components of planned spending in the economy. When the economy is not in goods market equilibrium (Y = AD), unplanned inventories (II) are nonzero. Students should know each variable in the aggregate demand equation (e.g. autonomous consumption/investment, marginal propensity to consume, interest rate, marginal propensity to import) and which variables change the intercept vs the slope of the aggregate demand line.

  1. Activity type: Poll
    Activity description: Measuring the marginal propensity to consume – Measure students’ MPC by asking them this question: “Imagine you unexpectedly receive money from a lottery, equal to the amount of income [you/your household] receives in a month. What percent would you spend over the next 12 months on goods and services, as opposed to any amount you would save for later or use to repay loans?” This hypothetical question is used in economic surveys to estimate MPC, for example, Drescher et al. (2020) (https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC7382353/) Instructors can compare the class’ average MPC and distribution of MPC to the EU data (17 countries) in Figure 1 and Table 2 of the Drescher paper.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Discussion / Exercise (asynchronous)
    Activity description: Government spending and aggregate demand – Have students read this Financial Times article on US government spending during the global financial crisis: https://www.ft.com/content/b5b764cc-d657-11e6-944b-e7eb37a6aa8e. Discussion questions: 1) What did the Obama administration do to try and manage the economic recession in 2008-9, and what were the outcomes? 2) Do you think the US government went “far enough” to address the recession?
    As an additional exercise, instructors could ask students to find out what kinds of government spending their country did, and compare/contrast.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: The multiplier

The multiplier process is the mechanism through which the direct effect of an increase (or decrease) in aggregate spending is amplified through indirect effects that further increase (or decrease) aggregate output. Figure 3.15 illustrates each step in the multiplier process from initial shock to new equilibrium. Students should know how to derive the equation of the multiplier and how each variable affects the size of the multiplier.

  1. Activity type: Exercise (asynchronous)
    Activity description: The multiplier simulation (available to download in Section 3.7) is an Excel spreadsheet that enables students to investigate how changing the marginal propensity to consume affects the size and duration of an economic shock.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Game
    Activity description: Experiencing Economics Experiment 5 (https://www.core-econ.org/experiencing-economics/book/text/05.html) is a game about the multiplier process. Some of the homework questions use the Excel multiplier simulation.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  3. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: The debate about the multiplier – Have students read this article in The Economist on the history of multipliers in economic thought: https://www.economist.com/economics-brief/2016/08/11/where-does-the-buck-stop. Explain the arguments on both sides of the debate (Keynes’ view and those who disagree with him). Which view is more consistent with what happened in real-world economies?
    Using AI for this activity: None
  4. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Estimating the multiplier in practice – Have students read this article in The Economist about the estimation challenges: https://www.economist.com/finance-and-economics/2009/09/24/much-ado-about-multipliers. Why is it so difficult to estimate the size of the fiscal multiplier in practice? What are the potential consequences of deciding policy based on an incorrect value of the multiplier?
    Using AI for this activity: None

Topic 4: How households cope with fluctuations

(Section 3.9-3.10, 3.13)
These sections develop the life cycle model of consumption, which is a model of consumption spending in which individuals’ current consumption depends not only on their current income, but also on their expected future income, and their assets, allowing for savings and debts. This model is used to explain why consumption is relatively smooth (compared to investment), and how constraints on households’ ability to smooth consumption affect the economy-wide marginal propensity to consume. Section 3.13 uses China’s post-pandemic aggregate demand problem to illustrate how government social insurance policies affect consumption.

Key concept: Consumption smoothing

A key assumption of the life cycle model is that households prefer to smooth consumption (spread it relatively evenly across time periods rather than having large fluctuations in consumption from period to period). This principle of consumption smoothing explains why households may react differently to permanent vs transitory income shocks. Students may find consumption smoothing unintuitive because they are often credit-constrained and unable to smooth their own consumption. Relating this concept to students’ experiences (for example, student loans that they must repay in the future before saving for retirement) and that of their families can help here. Instructors can also refer to Section 9.3 of the Microeconomics volume for a more detailed explanation of why households may prefer to smooth consumption.
Limits to consumption smoothing: Section 3.10 discusses three limits – credit constraints (Figure 3.18), present bias (Figure 3.19), and limited co-insurance. It is important for students to understand that features of the economy, such as the level of inequality, may influence the number of credit-constrained households—and have consequences for the aggregate economy. It also shows students the importance of modelling economies with heterogeneous individuals because their differing responses to exogenous events may have material consequences for economic outcomes. Instructors can refer to Section 9.9 of the Microeconomics volume for a more detailed discussion of credit constraints and credit market exclusion.

  1. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Saving and investment rates – Have students read this article in The Economist about declining saving and investment rates: https://www.economist.com/special-report/2005/09/24/anatomy-of-thrift. Discuss: Which of the article’s explanations for the low saving and investment rates do you find the most/least convincing, and why? 2) Why do people not save and invest as much as economic theories suggest? (Instructors may want to supplement this discussion with more recent articles from after the pandemic).
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Consumption smoothing in poor households – Have students read this article in The Economist about creative ways that the poor use to manage their finances (https://www.economist.com/finance-and-economics/2009/05/14/smooth-operators). Discussion questions: 1) Compare and contrast the methods that the poor and the rich use to manage their finances. 2) How are the poor able to the smooth consumption despite limited access to conventional banks? Students can also read household stories on how the poor make ends meet around the word, taken from “Portfolios of the Poor” (http://www.portfoliosofthepoor.com).
    Using AI for this activity: None
  3. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: The importance of social protection – Ask students to read Chapters 1-3 of the ILO’s World Social Protection Report (https://www.ilo.org/wcmsp5/groups/public/---ed_protect/---soc_sec/documents/publication/wcms_817572.pdf) and discuss why social protection is important and how countries responded differently to the COVID-19 crisis.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  4. Activity type: Exercise (asynchronous or in-class)
    Activity description: What are your time preferences? – Students could answer the questions from the Global Preferences Survey on time preferences (questions are in Appendix B (starting pg 34) of this PDF: https://docs.iza.org/dp9674.pdf); for country-specific questionnaires, instructors can download them from the Global Preferences Survey website: https://www.briq-institute.org/global-preferences/downloads). Students can answer the questions and compare their responses to their country’s average and other countries: https://www.briq-institute.org/global-preferences/maps. Students could complete this activity asynchronously and share results with the class.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  5. Activity type: Exercise (asynchronous or in-class)
    Activity description: Calculate your credit score – Have students complete a credit score questionnaire to learn about how lenders typically assess creditworthiness (link for the US: https://www.myfico.com/fico-credit-score-estimator/estimator). Students should consider how the criteria used to assess creditworthiness may advantage/disadvantage certain groups in society. This website on factors used to calculate a credit score may also be helpful: https://myhome.freddiemac.com/blog/notable/20210831-factors-credit-score). Students could complete the questionnaire asynchronously and bring their answers to class.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  6. Activity type: Data
    Activity description: Financial inclusion – The National Financial Capability Study (https://gflec.org/initiatives/national-financial-capability-study/) contains summary statistics on financial inclusion in the US; students can also download the data and construct summary statistics of credit market exclusion/constraints (alternatively; instructors can find equivalent surveys for non-US countries).
    Using AI for this activity: None
  7. Activity type: Data
    Activity description: Credit-exclusion in developing countries – Project 9 of Doing Economics (https://www.core-econ.org/doing-economics/book/text/09-01.html) gets students to use Ethiopian household survey data to identify credit-constrained and credit-excluded households, and factors that affect a household’s credit status. Part 9.1 examines households who did not get a loan; Part 9.2 examines characteristics of households who did get a loan. Each part will take one week if done in full, but instructors can select specific questions as a shorter exercise (e.g. have students with the cleaned data).
    Using AI for this activity: None
  8. Activity type: Data
    Activity description: Co-insurance around the world – Section 3.13 explains how the Chinese government’s spending policies during the pandemic affected its post-pandemic recovery. Students can use International Labour Organization’s (ILO) Social Protection Data Dashboard (https://www.social-protection.org/gimi/WSPDB.action?id=809) to compare the types of co-insurance/social insurance provided by different countries.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Topic 5: How firms respond to and contribute to fluctuations

(Section 3.11-3.12)
These sections explain the aggregate investment function in more detail, and use the concept of virtuous/vicious cycles (Figure 3.21) to explain why investment tends to be volatile. Extension 3.11 provides a more formal treatment of investment decisions as a coordination game. Instructors who want to cover this content should ensure students are familiar with the game theory concepts in Sections 4.2, 4.3, and 4.13 of the Microeconomics volume.

Key concept: Aggregate investment

Aggregate investment is modelled as function of the interest rate (slope) and profit expectations (vertical intercept). Figure 3.24 illustrates how investment changes in response to each of these variables.

  1. Activity type: Game
    Activity description: Experiencing Economics Experiment 2 (https://www.core-econ.org/experiencing-economics/book/text/02.html) has students play an investment coordination game to understand why investment follows virtuous and vicious cycles.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Intangible investment – Have students read this article in The Economist about the unintended consequences of business decisions: https://www.economist.com/books-and-arts/2017/12/14/businesses-investment-decisions-can-have-unexpected-consequences. Discussion questions: 1) Discuss the challenges involved with measuring intangible investment/assets. 2) What is “intangible investment” and why is it so important for explaining economic growth in developed countries?
    Using AI for this activity: None

Unit 4 teaching guide

Conceptual prerequisites:

  • Section 2.8 The price-setting curve with imported input materials

Required Building blocks:

  • Sections 1.5-1.7 The wage-setting/price-setting model

Building blocks in this unit:

  • Sections 4.5, 4.6 The Phillips curve
  • Sections 4.7, 4.8 The business cycle model

Unit narrative

  • Inflation: Definitions and measurement
    (Section 4.1-4.3)
    Inflation, deflation, disinflation
    Consumer price index (CPI), GDP deflator
    Nominal/real interest rate, menu costs
  • The Phillips curve and expected inflation
    (Section 4.4-4.6)
    The Phillips curve
    Supply-side equilibrium, real wage
    Bargaining gap
    Expected inflation
    Inflation-stabilising unemployment rate/ structural unemployment rate / NAIRU
    Wage-price spiral
  • The business cycle model
    (Section 4.7-4.10)
    Cyclical unemployment
    Demand-side and supply-side shocks
    Cost-push inflation, demand-pull inflation, expectations-driven inflation, profit-push/sellers’ inflation
  • Application: Post-pandemic inflation in the UK (Section 4.11)

What’s important/difficult and how to teach it

Topic 1: Defining and measuring inflation

(Section 4.1-4.3)
Section 4.1 introduces the topic with descriptive data on inflation across countries and time, including the most recent spike in inflation after the pandemic. Section 4.2 explains how inflation is measured using price indices and discusses some measurement issues with the “representative basket” method of calculating the consumer price index (substitution bias, quality changes). Section 4.3 covers key definitions (inflation, deflation, disinflation) and explains why inflation can be “bad” (it alters the distribution of real income and creates uncertainty about future prices), but that a low and predictable level of inflation can be desirable.

Key concept: Inflation, deflation, disinflation

Students need to know the distinction between these three terms. Students often find it hard to understand that the term “inflation” is used to refer to the growth rate of prices, so that when inflation is positive, prices are rising and when it is negative, prices are falling. A slower rate of inflation is often mistakenly referred to as deflation, and for this reason, this unit distinguishes between deflation (a cause for alarm!) and disinflation. Working with some numerical examples (e.g. the data in Question 4.1) might be helpful. Students should also understand the difference between inflation or constantly rising prices, and accelerating inflation, where the rate of inflation itself is rising.

  1. Activity type: Data / Discussion
    Activity description: Cost of living comparisons – Instructors could use the Numbeo website (https://tinyco.re/6386280) to discuss how the cost of living can be measured and compared across countries. For example, do students agree with the items being used?
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Poll
    Activity description: Understanding of inflation – Instructors could check students’ understanding of inflation with some warm-up questions at the start of class. Table 4 of Leiser and Drori contains 17 true/false statements about inflation that instructors could use as an in-class poll: (Example: “The best situation is when there is no inflation at all.”)
    Using AI for this activity: None
  3. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Myths about inflation – Instructors could present students with some “myths”/common misconceptions about inflation and ask students to give a counterargument for the statement. Some examples of myths can be found at Students for Liberty (2022) (https://studentsforliberty.org/blog/five-myths-about-inflation/) and this YouTube video by Professor Antony Davies (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vsuSYJc3JuA).
    Using AI for this activity: None
  4. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: The problem with inflation indices – Have students read this Financial Times opinion piece on inflation: https://www.ft.com/content/4de1d464-0172-11dc-8b8c-000b5df10621. Discuss: What is the author’s argument about official measures of inflation? What measures do you think policymakers should use to assess price changes/price stability in the economy?
    Using AI for this activity: None
  5. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Online shopping and inflation measurement – Have students read this article in The Economist on how online shopping affects inflation calculations: https://www.economist.com/special-report/2019/10/10/technology-is-making-inflation-statistics-an-unreliable-guide-to-the-economy. Discussion questions: 1) How is technology challenging the way that we interpret and measure conventional indicators of living costs or living standards, such as GDP and inflation? 2) What are the consequences of mis-measuring inflation?
    Using AI for this activity: None
  6. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Low inflation – Have students read this article in The Economist on low inflation in the 1990s-2010s: https://www.economist.com/special-report/2019/10/10/inflation-is-losing-its-meaning-as-an-economic-indicator. Discuss: 1) To what extent is long-term low inflation consistent with economic models and theory, as discussed in the article? 2) Why do you think the author of the article is concerned about disinflation? 3) This article was written in 2019; how do events that happened afterwards change the way you view the arguments in the article?
    Using AI for this activity: None
  7. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Inflation and deflation – Have students read this Financial Times article on the history of inflation measurement and possible impact of deflation in the UK: https://www.ft.com/content/d9f9955e-d932-11e4-a8f1-00144feab7de. Discuss: The author argues that high inflation is needed in some economies to help economic growth in the longer term. To what extent do you agree with this argument? (Note: this article was written in 2015.)
    Using AI for this activity: None
  8. Activity type: Exercise
    Activity description: Identifying inflation – Instructors can present students with a CPI data series (as in Question 4.1) and ask students to identify all instances of inflation, deflation, disinflation, and rising inflation.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  9. Activity type: Exercise
    Activity description: Personal inflation calculator – As an extension to Exercise 4.1, instructors could ask students to construct their personal inflation rate from price indices of categories (For example, what proportion of their income do they spend on transport?).
    Using AI for this activity: None
  10. Activity type: Exercise
    Activity description: Adjusting for inflation – As an extension to Exercise 4.4, instructors could ask students to compare other values over time e.g. minimum wages in other countries. Another common example is blockbuster sales – instructors could give students a list of movies and (unadjusted) revenues, then ask students to use the CPI to rank the movies according to inflation-adjusted revenues. (There are plenty of movie lists online, for example, IMDb: https://www.imdb.com/list/ls026442468/)
    Using AI for this activity: None

Topic 2: The Phillips curve and expected inflation

(Section 4.4-4.6)
These sections model inflation as arising from bargaining gaps (conflicting claims on output between workers and firms) and introduce the inverse relationship between inflation and unemployment (known as the Phillips curve). Section 4.6 shows how expected inflation can shift the Phillips curve (Figure 4.15 illustrates a wage-price spiral). These sections discuss the supply-side of the economy so require students to be familiar with the WS-PS model; instructors should ensure that Sections 1.5-1.7 are covered before teaching Unit 4. The unemployment rate in supply-side equilibrium is now interpreted as the inflation-stabilizing unemployment rate (or NAIRU).

Key concept: Bargaining gap

The bargaining gap is the distance between the wage on the WS curve (the wage workers expect to get) and the wage on the PS curve (the wage workers actually get). Students should understand that inflation arises from changes in bargaining power associated with movements along the wage-setting curve, rather than shifts of the entire wage-setting curve. Working through the steps in Figures 4.9 and 4.10 will help students understand the relationship between the bargaining gap and inflation.

  1. Activity type: Data
    Activity description: The productivity-pay gap – According to the WS-PS model, wages should grow alongside productivity. Instructors could find (or ask students to find) and discuss data comparing productivity growth and hourly wage growth (an example for the US: https://www.epi.org/productivity-pay-gap/).
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: The Phillips curve

This curve represents the inverse relationship between the rate of inflation and the rate of unemployment. Students should understand the difference between movements along the Phillips curve (changes in the bargaining gap) and shifts of the curve (changes in expected inflation).

  1. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Importance of the Phillips curve – Have students read this Financial Times article on the theory, origin, and current relevance of the Phillips curve: https://www.ft.com/content/91bb9cd4-292e-11e8-b27e-cc62a39d57a0. Discuss: What is the key debate discussed in the article, and why does it matter for policymakers?
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Empirical Phillips curves – Have students read this article in The Economist on the Phillips curve in the US: https://www.economist.com/finance-and-economics/2017/06/15/inflation-has-not-yet-followed-lower-unemployment-in-america. Discuss: 1) To what extent is the Phillips curve relationship a useful concept in practice? 2) What factors could explain why the Phillips curve relationship fails to hold in the real world? (Students can refer to the discussion and Figure 15.6 in Section 15.6 of The Economy 1.0: https://www.core-econ.org/the-economy/v1/book/text/15.html#155-what-happened-to-the-phillips-curve)
    Using AI for this activity: None
  3. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Non-linear Phillips curve – Have students read this article in The Economist article: https://www.economist.com/special-report/2019/10/10/economists-models-of-inflation-are-letting-them-down. Discuss: Assess the evidence for a non-linear Phillips curve presented in the article. How can technological progress explain the real-world relationship between inflation and unemployment?
    Using AI for this activity: None
  4. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Measuring the NAIRU – Have students read this article in The Economist article: https://www.economist.com/economics-brief/2017/08/26/the-natural-rate-of-unemployment. Questions: Discuss issues with measuring the natural rate of unemployment. How useful is the natural rate of unemployment in practice?
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: Inflation expectations/Expected inflation

CORE takes expected inflation to be equal to last year’s inflation, which is a simple form of adaptive expectations. Another interpretation is that HR includes inflation over the past year in the wage settlement, to make up for the shortfall in the real wage that workers experienced because inflation turned out to be higher than expected. Students should understand how inflation expectations affect inflation: inflation this period is the sum of expected inflation (last period’s inflation) and the bargaining gap (this period). Figure 4.16 can help students understand how inflation evolves in this model. Inflation will only be stable at the unemployment rate of supply-side equilibrium. Unit 5 will discuss the concept of anchoring inflation expectations.

  1. Activity type: Discussion / Exercise
    Activity description: Measuring inflation expectations – Silvana Tenreyro’s speech on “Understanding Inflation: Expectations and Reality” (https://personal.lse.ac.uk/tenreyro/understandinginflation.pdf) explains how the Bank of England measures inflation expectations and discusses how (and why) inflation expectations vary across demographic groups in the UK. Instructors could ask students to read this article and discuss the findings in small groups.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Poll
    Activity description: Measuring inflation expectations via survey questions – Instructors could use the Bank of England’s question (or a question used by the central bank of their country) to collect students’ inflation expectations and compare them with those of the public (in the relevant country). (Bank of England’s question: “How much would you expect prices in the shops generally to change over the next 12 months?”)
    Using AI for this activity: None

Topic 3: The business cycle model

(Section 4.7-4.11)
These sections build a three-diagram model of the business cycle that brings together the demand-side and supply-side of the economy (Figure 4.18): the multiplier diagram (Unit 3), the WS-PS diagram (Unit 1), and the Phillips curve diagram. The business cycle model is used to analyse aggregate demand shocks (Figure 4.19) and supply-side shocks (Figures 4.20-4.21). Section 4.11 applies this model to explain post-pandemic inflation in the UK and makes some cross-country comparisons. Aside from familiarity with the WS-PS model (Sections 1.5-17), students should also be familiar with the price-setting curve equation allowing for imported input materials (Section 2.8).

Key concept: The business cycle model

This model brings together the supply-side WS-PS model (with the Phillips curve), and the demand-side multiplier model to explain how the economy fluctuates around the supply-side equilibrium over the business cycle. Figure 4.18 is crucial for demonstrating how the three diagrams relate to each other. CORE’s approach to modelling the macroeconomy is different from the “traditional” approach (IS-LM/AD-AS diagram) for three reasons: 1) CORE makes explicit that money supply is not exogenously supplied to the economy and that setting the interest rate is the lever that governments (or central banks) have to influence money supply. 2) CORE also explicitly models the product markets with imperfect competition (technically this is possible with the upward-sloping AS curve). 3) CORE also models the labour market with incomplete information so that unemployment is an equilibrium outcome.

  1. Activity type: Exercise
    Activity description: Exercise 4.9 extension – For further practice on drawing diagrams using the business cycle model, instructors can ask students to consider other scenarios, such as an increase/decrease in government spending.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Exercise
    Activity description: Modelling inflation – Have students read this article in The Economist about inflation being “good news” for developed countries: https://www.economist.com/finance-and-economics/2017/01/14/inflation-is-on-the-way-back-in-the-rich-world-and-that-is-good-news?zid=295&ah=0bca374e65f2354d553956ea65f756e0. Ask students to choose two causes of inflation mentioned in the article and use the wage-setting/price-setting model and Phillips curve diagrams in the unit to illustrate their effect on rich economies.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: The causes of inflation

Section 4.10 reviews four causes of inflation – cost-push inflation (Fig 4.20, 4.21, 4.24), demand-pull inflation (Fig 4.15, 4.19), expectations-driven inflation (Fig 4.9 vs 4.15), and profit-push/sellers’ inflation (Figure 4.26). Sellers’ inflation arises due to capacity constraints: firms can widen their markup when capacity utilisation rises. Students should know the differences between these four causes and the appropriate diagrams to illustrate each situation.

  1. Activity type: Data / Exercise
    Activity description: Exercise 4.11 extension – This exercise asks students to investigate why the third oil shock (2002-2008) did not lead to increased inflation in the UK. Instructors could ask students to look at other countries (and other oil shocks), and discuss the similarities/differences.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Data
    Activity description: Post-pandemic inflation – Section 4.11 analysed the case of the UK; instructors could ask students to find similar data for other countries (e.g. net energy exporters, as determined by Figure 4.28) and compare/contrast what happened to inflation and real wages after the pandemic.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  3. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Inflation in the 2010s – Have students read this Financial Times article on the reasons for higher UK inflation in 2017: https://www.ft.com/content/a55933f2-3bc5-11e7-ac89-b01cc67cfeec. Instructors can ask students to relate the content of this article to post-pandemic inflation (what’s similar/different?).
    Using AI for this activity: None

Unit 5 teaching guide

Required Building blocks:

  • Sections 1.5, 1.6, 1.7 The WS-PS model of the supply side of the macroeconomy
  • Sections 3.6, 3.7, 3.8 The multiplier model
  • Sections 4.5, 4.6 The Phillips curve
  • Sections 4.7, 4.8 The business cycle model

Building blocks in this unit:

None

Unit narrative

  • Introducing fiscal and monetary policy
    (Section 5.1-5.2, 5.4)
    Fiscal policy; Monetary policy
    Fisher equation (nominal and real interest rate)
    Different policy regimes: common currency areas, fixed/target exchange rate regimes
    Statistical terms: line of best fit, correlation vs causation, reverse causality, natural experiment
  • Monetary policy
    (Section 5.5, 5.9-5.10)
    Policy interest rate, zero lower bound
    Inflation targeting, inflation target rate
    Anchored inflation expectations
    Central bank independence
  • Fiscal policy
    (Section 5.6-5.8)
    Automatic stabilizers
    Discretionary fiscal policy; Social insurance
    Crowding out
    Government budget (deficit), Austerity policy, paradox of thrift
  • Channels of monetary policy transmission
    (Section 5.12-5.14)
    Asset prices: (net) present value, risk premium
    Domestic channels of transmission
    Exchange rate (nominal/real); depreciation vs appreciation
  • Policy responses to demand and supply shocks
    Fiscal and monetary policy responses to demand shocks (Section 5.3)
    Application: Inflation and the monetary policy response to the Russia-Ukraine war (Section 5.11)
    Application: Supply shocks in the UK (1950-2023) (Section 5.15)

What’s important/difficult and how to teach it

Topic 1: Introducing fiscal and monetary policy

(Section 5.1-5.2, 5.4)
These sections introduce the two goals of macroeconomic policy (low and stable inflation, unemployment at/close to supply-side equilibrium), the two broad types of policies (fiscal and monetary), and the economic actors who implement these policies (governments and central banks).

Key concept: Fisher equation

Students should understand that the policy rate set by the central bank is a nominal interest rate, but it is the real interest rate that is relevant for spending and saving decisions in the economy. The Fisher equation defines the relationship between real and nominal interest rate: real interest rate = nominal interest rate – expected inflation. Sections 5.9-5.10 discuss the importance of the Fisher equation for monetary policy.

  1. Activity type: Data
    Activity description: Variation of Question 5.1 – Instructors could find nominal interest rate and inflation data from other countries and ask students to use Fisher equation to calculate real interest rate. Alternatively, instructors could ask students to find data for a country of their choice.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: Different monetary and fiscal policy regimes

While in many countries there is a division of labour between fiscal and monetary policymakers, with a central bank that is independent from the government, other countries follow different policy regimes. The unit discusses three alternative approaches: common currency areas, fixed/target exchange rate regimes, and direct control of fiscal and monetary policy by the government.

  1. Activity type: Poll; Exercise (in-class)
    Activity description: Varieties of policy regimes around the world – Have students research some countries and identify the policy regime used. Or instructors could give students a list of countries and ask them to categorise them according to policy regime.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Extension
    Activity description: Public preferences over inflation and unemployment – Instructors could discuss the paper ‘Preferences over Inflation and Unemployment: Evidence from Surveys of Happiness’ by Di Tella et al. (2001): (https://dash.harvard.edu/bitstream/handle/1/41426668/1093%20329576755.pdf?sequence=1). Their methodology to estimate preferences uses regression analysis, so instructors can provide an intuitive explanation and focus on the results.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  3. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: The Economist article about central bank independence (https://www.economist.com/leaders/2019/04/13/the-independence-of-central-banks-is-under-threat-from-politics). Questions: 1) Discuss the key threats to central bank independence. 2) Why is central bank independence important?
    Using AI for this activity: None
  4. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: The Economist article on monetary and fiscal policy in a world of low inflation (https://www.economist.com/special-report/2019/10/10/how-to-make-economic-policy-fit-for-a-world-of-low-inflation). Discussion question: To what extent do you think monetary policy should be governed by economic theory, rather than depend on external forces such as the government’s fiscal policy or political pressure?
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: Statistical terminology

Some parts of the unit (e.g. Section 5.7) require an understanding of statistical terms typically taught in an introductory statistics module. Students should know the meaning of line of best fit, reverse causality, natural experiments, and the difference between correlation and causation.

  1. Activity type: Extension
    Activity description: The Economy 2.0 (Microeconomics volume) has further examples of reverse causality and natural experiments: Sections 1.10, 6.7, and 6.13.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Extension to Exercise 5.1 – For a quick in-class discussion, instructors could choose examples from Tyler Vigen’s Spurious Correlations website (https://tinyco.re/8861803) and ask students to identify the ‘unseen factors’ driving the observed relationship.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Topic 2: Fiscal policy

(Section 5.6-5.8)
These sections outline the various ways that government spending decisions can dampen fluctuations (Section 5.6), and factors that affect the impact of fiscal policy. Section 5.7 builds on the concept of the multiplier from Unit 3, while Section 5.8 discusses austerity policy and why governments might not want to cut spending during a recession (the paradox of thrift).

Key concept: How governments can dampen fluctuations

Government spending has a stabilizing impact in 3 ways: 1) direct impacts on aggregate demand (due to its size and lower volatility compared with other components), 2) automatic stabilization of fluctuations that arises from the tax and transfer system, which indirectly affect consumption spending, and 3) the deliberate use of tax, transfer, and spending decisions (called discretionary fiscal policy) to offset shocks to aggregate demand. Students should understand why governments have an important role in providing social insurance – private markets cannot insure against economy-wide losses due to correlated risk, moral hazard, and asymmetric information. Instructors may find it helpful to review these market failures (Sections 10.8-10.10 of The Economy 2.0 Microeconomics volume). Students should also understand how the size of the multiplier affects the impact of fiscal policy.

  1. Activity type: Data
    Activity description: Exercise 5.2 asks students to find and analyse data on government spending. Instructors could set this exercise as a longer assignment, for example, by asking students to compare/contrast more than two countries.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Data
    Activity description: Extension to Exercise 5.4 – This exercise asks students to use FRED data to analyse the contributions to changes in real GDP after the 2008 global financial crisis. Instructors could ask students to repeat this exercise for the COVID-19 period (2019-2023).
    Using AI for this activity: None
  3. Activity type: Exercise (asynchronous)
    Activity description: Discretionary fiscal policy during COVID-19 – the IMF policy tracker (https://www.imf.org/en/Topics/imf-and-covid19/Policy-Responses-to-COVID-19) summarises the economic policies that governments implemented during the COVID-19 pandemic (up until July 2021). Students could choose 2-3 countries and compare the fiscal policies implemented.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: Government budget

Government expenditure and transfers must be paid for in the longer term, if not immediately. If the government spends more in total than it receives in tax revenue, the government budget is in deficit. However, during a recession, there is a tradeoff between budget balance and aggregate demand in the short run: cutting spending (austerity policy) can reinforce the recession by further lowering aggregate demand (the paradox of thrift).

  1. Activity type: Data; Exercise (asynchronous)
    Activity description: Extension to Exercise 5.6 – Instead of analysing the austerity policies of France, students could analyse and compare government fiscal policy in other countries over the same time period.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Financial Times article on Brazil’s government debt problem (https://www.ft.com/content/e7f1dfba-513a-11e5-b029-b9d50a74fd14). Questions: 1) Summarise Brazil’s fiscal problems and the policy options. 2) This article was written in September 2015 – do some research to find information and data on what the Brazilian government has done since then and how has it affected government debt.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  3. Activity type: Exercise (asynchronous; in-class)
    Activity description: The Institute for Fiscal Studies’ ‘Be the Chancellor’ tool (https://ifs.org.uk/election-2024/be-chancellor?mc_cid=fc4449feb6&mc_eid=e180beb77e) – Students can choose tax and government spending plans and see the effects on borrowing and debt under different assumptions about growth and interest rates.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Topic 3: Monetary policy

(Section 5.5, 5.9-5.10)
These sections explain how central banks use the policy interest rate to influence inflation and how central banks are limited by the zero lower bound. Section 5.5 illustrates the policy dilemma faced during a negative supply shock and emphasizes the importance of central banks reacting swiftly and proportionately. Sections 5.9-5.10 explain how central banks use inflation targets to help anchor inflation expectations.

Key concept: Policy interest rate; Zero lower bound

Central banks adjust the policy interest rate (nominal interest rate) by ‘enough’ so that the real interest rate changes. One limitation of the policy interest rate is the zero lower bound: the nominal interest rate cannot be negative, but in a severe recession, a zero nominal interest rate is not low enough to boost aggregate demand. (Instructors should refer to the Fisher equation (Section 5.2) to explain the reasoning.)

  1. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Financial Times article on Bank of England’s monetary policy in response to the Brexit vote – https://www.ft.com/content/f0c755e8-cc0c-37ec-852c-ac3b789e88a3. Discussion question: Explain what the Term Funding Scheme is and why the Bank of England implemented it alongside a cut in interest rates.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Alternatives to the policy interest rate – Read The Economist article on quantitative easing (https://www.economist.com/special-report/2018/10/11/central-bankers-will-fight-the-next-recession-with-their-backs-against-the-wall). Questions: 1) Evaluate the costs and benefits of using quantitative easing (QE) during a recession. 2) What other policies might be more effective?
    Using AI for this activity: None
  3. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Quantitative easing – Read The Economist article on the ECB’s monetary policy (https://www.economist.com/finance-and-economics/2019/09/12/the-ecb-cuts-interest-rates-and-restarts-quantitative-easing). Questions: 1) Define quantitative easing (QE) and explain why the ECB chose to adopt this policy. 2) Use the 3-diagram model to illustrate the potential effects of the ECB’s monetary policy. Do you think that the ECB’s policies would be more effective when done in conjunction with appropriate fiscal policies? (Note: The ECB had a slightly negative interest rate in 2014-2019: https://www.ecb.europa.eu/stats/policy_and_exchange_rates/key_ecb_interest_rates/html/index.en.html).
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: Inflation targeting; anchored inflation expectations

Central banks try to influence inflation expectations as well as inflation, and committing to an inflation target is one way to do so. There is no consensus on which target rate to pick, though most central bank targets are in the 2-3% range. Due to the zero lower bound, some economists argue that the inflation target should be higher (such as 4%). Figure 5.14 illustrates how anchored expectations reduce the cost (in terms of employment/aggregate demand) of getting inflation back to target after a negative supply shock, even if the central bank delays its policy response.

  1. Activity type: Extension
    Activity description: Modelling the policymaker’s preferences – The Economy 1.0, Section 15.4 uses indifference curves and the Phillips curve to analyse the policymaker’s tradeoff between inflation and unemployment (https://core-econ.org/the-economy/v1/book/text/15.html#154-inflation-and-unemployment-constraints-and-preferences)
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Extension
    Activity description: Central bank mandates – As an extension to Exercise E5.1, ask students to find out how central banks (in a country of their choice) have communicated the management of post-pandemic spikes in inflation.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  3. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Inflation targeting before the global financial crisis – Read this Financial Times article on failures of pre-2008 monetary policy regime: https://www.ft.com/content/34f7848e-39a7-11de-b82d-00144feabdc0. Questions: 1) Explain how monetary policy contributed to the 2008 global financial crisis. 2) What other measures should central banks target besides inflation, and why?
    Using AI for this activity: None
  4. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Numerical inflation targets – Read this Financial Times article arguing in favour of the Federal Reserve adopting a numerical inflation target to reduce the threat of deflation: https://www.ft.com/content/4b6276f8-df95-11df-bed9-00144feabdc0. Questions: 1) Discuss the advantages and disadvantages with establishing an inflation objective. 2) Explain how central banks communicate their commitment to an inflation target. (Find some examples of central bank communications and use these to support your answer.)
    Using AI for this activity: None
  5. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: The Federal Reserve’s inflation target – Read The Economist article on the Federal Reserve’s rationale for its monetary policy (https://www.economist.com/the-economist-explains/2015/09/13/why-the-fed-targets-2-inflation). Questions: Explain why the Fed has adopted an official inflation target. What are the consequences of choosing too high or too low of an inflation target?
    Using AI for this activity: None

Topic 4: Channels of monetary policy transmission

(Section 5.12-5.14)
These sections discuss the various channels through which monetary policy affects inflation and aggregate demand. Sections 5.12-5.13 cover the domestic channels: market interest rates, asset prices, expectations/confidence (summarized in Figure 5.20), and Section 5.14 covers the exchange rate channel (summarized in Figures 5.21-5.22).

Key concept: Asset prices and investment

Asset prices depend on interest rates -> another channel through which monetary policy affects the economy. Students should know the formula and intuition for the present value criterion (firms will only undertake projects with a positive net present value). The present value criterion explains why aggregate investment depends on the interest rate and expected future profits (first discussed in Section 3.12).

  1. Activity type: Extension
    Activity description: Extension 5.12 uses diagrams to explain how changes in the interest rate and profit expectations affect aggregate investment. (This extension does not require calculus). Exercise E5.2 asks students to work through a numerical example.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: Exchange rate

Central banks must account for how changes in the interest rate could influence the exchange rate. Students should know how to identify an exchange rate depreciation and appreciation, and the difference between the nominal exchange rate (market rate at which one currency is exchanged for another) and real exchange rate (relative price of foreign goods and services compared to those produced domestically). Students should also know the causal chain between interest rates, real exchange rate, and inflation/aggregate demand.

  1. Activity type: Poll
    Activity description: Question 5.11 helps students practice applying the terminology of exchange rates (appreciation, depreciation). Instructors could find data for other countries and time periods to use in a poll (for example, ask students to vote on whether the exchange rate has appreciated/depreciated).
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Exercise (asynchronous; in-class)
    Activity description: Exercise 5.11 asks students to consider the underlying assumptions used in the analysis of a cut in Australia’s interest rate. As an extension, instructors could ask students to repeat this analysis for another country’s actual policy rate change – did the predictions of the model hold? If not, which assumptions were likely to be violated?
    Using AI for this activity: None
  3. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Financial Times article on exchange rate channel of monetary policy (in the US) – https://www.ft.com/content/90c0fb30-a988-11e5-955c-1e1d6de94879. Questions: 1) Use a flowchart diagram to analyse the effects of higher US interest rates on the eurozone. 2) The article was written in 2015; find appropriate data to illustrate the Federal Reserve’s actual monetary policy decisions since the article was published and its effects on the eurozone.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  4. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: The Economist article on the exchange rate channels of the ECB’s monetary policy (https://www.economist.com/finance-and-economics/2019/06/22/low-interest-rates-and-sluggish-growth-may-lead-to-currency-wars). Questions: 1) Draw appropriate diagram(s) (e.g. flowcharts) to explain why other countries might object to the ECB’s monetary policy. 2) Discuss the role of politics in the choice of monetary policy. Why are currency wars more likely when GDP growth is low?
    Using AI for this activity: None

Topic 5: Policy responses to demand and supply shocks

(Section 5.3, 5.11, 5.15)
These sections use the 3-diagram model and empirical data to illustrate the fiscal and monetary policy responses to demand shocks and supply shocks. Section 5.11 discusses the monetary response to the Russia-Ukraine war, and Section 5.15 discusses the UK’s fiscal and monetary responses to supply shocks between 1950-2023.

Key concept: Demand vs supply shocks

These two types of shock have different policy implications. Demand shocks are ‘easier’ for policymakers to handle than a supply shock. For a demand shock, both fiscal and monetary policy point in the ‘same direction’ (Figures 5.4-5.5): any efforts to increase employment will also reduce inflation. For a supply shock, there is a policy dilemma: any efforts to lower inflation will also reduce aggregate demand.

  1. Activity type: Exercise (asynchronous, in-class)
    Activity description: Applying the 3-diagram model – as an extension to Exercise 5.3, ask students to illustrate the effects of other demand-side and supply-side shocks.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Exercise (asynchronous, in-class)
    Activity description: CORE Econ’s inflation tool (https://coreecon.github.io/voici/render/inflation.html) – students use interactive simulations to learn how the central bank could react to an oil shock, and consider different scenarios according to the central bank’s priorities (inflation vs unemployment).
    Using AI for this activity: None
  3. Activity type: Exercise (asynchronous)
    Activity description: Policy responses to supply shocks – Exercise 5.12 helps students practice the concepts and models in the unit. As an extension, ask students to replicate this analysis for another country of their choice. This exercise could be an extended assignment or a week-long assignment depending on the choice of time period.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  4. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: The Economist article on the Fed’s policy response to a supply shock (https://www.economist.com/free-exchange/2012/08/14/feeling-a-drought). Questions: 1) Use the model in the unit to illustrate the effect of the supply shock discussed in the article. 2) Why is the author of the article concerned about the Fed’s policy response to this shock?
    Using AI for this activity: None

Unit 6 teaching guide

Conceptual prerequisites:

  • Units 3-5
    (Microeconomics volume) Units 1 and 9

Required Building blocks:

  • None

Building blocks in this unit:

  • Section 6.2-6.4 Debt, financial sector, and banks
  • Section 6.6 Introducing the central bank

Unit narrative

  • Balance sheets (Section 6.2)
    Debt
    Assets, liabilities
    Net worth
    Liquidity
  • Money (Section 6.5)
    3 functions of money (means of exchange, store of value, unit of account)
    Commodity money
    Bank money
  • The financial sector (Section 6.12)
  • Financial intermediaries
    (Section 6.3-6.4, 6.8)
    Commercial banks
    Equity; Insolvency
    Default; default premium
    Money creation by lending
  • The central bank
    (Section 6.6-6.7)
    Base money
    Legal tender/fiat money
    Quantitative easing and government debt
  • Financial markets
    (Section 6.9)
    Financial assets; Real estate
    Capital gain
    (Expected) Rate of return; Risk premium
  • Business investments
    (Section 6.10)
    Leverage/gearing: risks and rewards
    Limited liability; Moral hazard
  • Household investments
    (Section 6.11)
    Collateral; Inequalities in asset ownership
    Risk-return tradeoff

What’s important/difficult and how to teach it

Topic 1: Debt and balance sheets

(Section 6.1-6.2)
Section 6.1 introduces a question considered throughout this unit: how do you live if you don’t work? Through the lives of two people (Kwame in Ghana and Sophia in the US), this section explains how the financial sector, family, and the state can help people during times they are not working (childhood, unemployment, retirement). Section 6.2 introduces a simple economy without money or a financial sector, where individuals can enter bilateral debt contracts to consume and invest when they do not have an income. Balance sheets are used to illustrate the effects of borrowing and lending on an individual’s assets and liabilities.

Key concept: Balance sheet

A balance sheet summarizes the assets⁠ and liabilities of an entity at a particular point in time. The difference between a person’s assets and liabilities is their net worth⁠, also known as their wealth⁠. Students should be familiar with the balance sheet format presented in Figure 6.3.

  1. Activity type: MCQ
    Activity description: Balance sheets and loans – Figure 6.3 contains three MCQs to help students understand how loans affect the balance sheets of borrowers and lenders.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Household balance sheets – Ask students to read this article in The Economist on household balance sheets (https://www.economist.com/britain/2014/12/30/the-balance-sheet-boom). Questions: (1) Draw and explain household balance sheets to represent i) the years before the financial crisis, ii) the crisis years, iii) the years after the financial crisis. (2) How have household debt-to-income and the savings rate evolved from 2005-2015? (3) Find some more recent data on these variables and check if the article’s predictions about household debt were correct.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  3. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Household net worth after the financial crisis – Ask students to read this Financial Times article (https://www.ft.com/content/ba0da31c-0f61-11de-ba10-0000779fd2ac). Questions: (1) Based on the information in the article, draw a balance sheet to illustrate how household net worth changed. (2) Aside from house and asset prices, what could have affected households’ net worth after the 2007-09 financial crisis and recession?
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: Borrowing and lending

Students should know how to represent a bilateral loan contract in a balance sheet, for both the borrower and lender (Figure 6.3). Borrowing and lending does not change net worth (debt ‘cancels out’ when considering combined wealth) but can still benefit both parties.

  1. Activity type: Extension
    Activity description: Intertemporal choices – Instructors can teach the intertemporal choice model in Unit 9 of the Microeconomics volume (Sections 9.3-9.4) to explain how borrowers and lenders choose the amounts to consume in a two-period model (such as the example shown in Figure 6.4).
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Data
    Activity description: Credit without money – Ask students to research debt and credit systems from history. How did people handle debt and credit when money/modern financial system hadn’t been invented?
    Using AI for this activity: None
  3. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Cross-country comparisons – Instructors can show or ask students to explore cross-country data on pension entitlements, unemployment benefits, and student loans/whether higher education is state-funded or not (For example, the OECD has cross-country data on public pension systems: https://www.oecd.org/en/topics/sub-issues/public-pensions.html) How might individuals in these countries plan differently for when they don’t work?
    Using AI for this activity: None
  4. Activity type: Extension
    Activity description: How do you live when you don’t work? – Ask students to research a country not mentioned in Section 6.1 and write a similar story to Kwame’s/Sophia’s describing how someone in that country might live during periods when they aren’t working.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  5. Activity type: Exercise
    Activity description: Instructors can use this polling question as a starting point to introduce the financial sector: Who do you think should be primarily responsible for providing for individuals who are retired – the state, or individuals themselves? For students who think that individuals should be responsible for saving for retirement, discuss what how the financial sector would help individuals to do so.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  6. Activity type: Data
    Activity description: Credit card borrowing – Ask students to read this Financial Times article on trends in credit card borrowing (https://www.ft.com/content/516d05e0-3de5-11e6-8716-a4a71e8140b0) and discuss the possible impact of higher interest rates.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Topic 2: Money

(Section 6.5)
This section explains the role money plays in modern economies (the three functions of money). It also explains the concepts of commodity money and bank money.

Key concept: Functions of money

Students should understand the three functions of money (means of exchange, store of value, unit of account).
Commodity money – In an economy without a well-developed banking system, people may use a particular commodity such as gold, as money. The commodity is typically a basic good that is widely valued, but can also act as a means of exchange, a store of value, and a unit of account.
Bank money – Deposits in commercial banks constitutes bank money. Exercise 6.5 uses bank balance sheets to show students how bank deposits functions as a means of exchange.

  1. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: The Yap stones – Ask students to read this BBC article on an unusual form of money (https://www.bbc.com/travel/article/20180502-the-tiny-island-with-human-sized-money). How did the Yap stones satisfy the three functions of money?
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Data
    Activity description: Bank money – Ask students to visit the central bank website of their country of residence (or a country of their choice) and create a chart showing bank money and other forms of money. (For example, the European Central Bank has time series data of monetary aggregates: https://www.ecb.europa.eu/stats/money_credit_banking/monetary_aggregates/html/index.en.html)
    Using AI for this activity: None

Topic 3: Financial intermediaries

(Section 6.3-6.4, 6.8, 6.12)
Commercial banks are the main financial intermediary covered in Unit 6. Section 6.3 introduces the role of financial intermediaries and the financial sector. Section 6.4 discusses bank balance sheets (Figure 6.8) and how banks make profits from charging interest on loans (Figure 6.9). Section 6.8 explains how commercial banks create money by lending, and the constraints banks face when lending (demand for loans, capital adequacy requirements, and reserve requirements).

Key concept: Commercial banks

Banks are capitalist firms that act as intermediaries between borrowers and lenders. Students should understand that banks face two types of risk: (1) When banks make loans, there is a risk of default, which they can mitigate by diversifying. Banks whose liabilities exceed their assets are insolvent. (2) Banks also face a liquidity risk, as their assets (loans to others) are illiquid while their liabilities (deposits) are liquid.

  1. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Bank capital – Ask students to read this Financial Times explainer on bank capital (https://www.ft.com/content/7d15057c-d633-11e5-829b-8564e7528e54). Discuss: What is bank capital and why does it matter?
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Interbank lending – Ask students to read this Financial Times FT article on interbank lending during the global financial crisis (https://www.ft.com/content/2719da9c-9560-11dd-aedd-000077b07658) Questions: Explain why, as mentioned in the article, banks were less willing to lend to each other during the financial crisis. Why did the interbank lending rate increase above the policy rate?
    Using AI for this activity: None
  3. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: The banking revolution – Ask students to read this article from The Economist on new banking options (https://www.economist.com/special-report/2019/05/02/the-banking-revolution-is-great-for-customers). Questions: (1) Discuss the benefits and potential problems of non-bank firms that offer financial services. (2) Discuss the similarities and differences between ‘traditional’ high-street banks and their newer competitors.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  4. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Narrow banks – Ask students to read this article from The Economist about a novel business model for banking (https://www.economist.com/finance-and-economics/2018/09/20/the-fed-stalls-the-creation-of-a-bank-with-a-novel-business-model). Questions: (1) Explain how a narrow bank’s balance sheet differs from that of a traditional bank. (2) What are the potential advantages and disadvantages of the Narrow Bank’s business model? (3) Explain whether or not you agree with the Narrow Bank’s legal complaint. Do you think that narrow banks should be given the same rights to operate as traditional banks?
    Using AI for this activity: None
  5. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Silicon Valley Bank (SVB) – Ask students to research the collapse of SVB. How was it similar to/different from the bank failures during the 2007-09 global financial crisis? (Some readings to provide a starting point: University of Washington Law School interview: https://www.law.uw.edu/news-events/news/2023/svb-collapse; Bank of England explainer: https://www.bankofengland.co.uk/explainers/what-happened-to-silicon-valley-bank-uk)
    Using AI for this activity: None
  6. Activity type: Extension
    Activity description: Other financial intermediaries – Pension funds and insurance companies are mentioned in Figure 6.19 but are not discussed in detail in Unit 6. Ask students to research the role of these organisations: What do pension funds and insurance companies do? What does the balance sheet of a pension fund/insurance company look like? (The following ‘explainers’ for pension funds may be helpful: https://getpenfold.com/pension-guides/what-is-a-pension-fund; https://corporatefinanceinstitute.com/resources/career-map/sell-side/capital-markets/pension-fund.) (Note that the details of workplace pension schemes and pension funds may vary across countries.)
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: Money creation by lending

Students should understand how banks create bank deposits (and therefore money) when they make loans (Figures 6.12a and 6.12b). Students should also know the three constraints on the amount of loans banks will make (and therefore, on the amount of money they create): demand for loans (influenced by the interest rate), capital adequacy requirements, and reserve requirements.

  1. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Ask students to read this Financial Times article on the bank’s role in money creation (https://www.ft.com/content/e336ea7e-0d33-11e5-a83a-00144feabdc0). Discuss: How does traditional economic theory underestimate the importance of banks’ money creation role?
    Using AI for this activity: None

Topic 4: The central bank

(Sections 6.6-6.7)
The model of banking in Sections 6.1-6.5 relied on commodity money and bank money. Section 6.6 introduces base money (reserves plus currency), which is managed by the central bank. Section 6.7 explains the central bank’s balance sheet and the relationship between the central bank, government debt, and monetary policy (managing inflation and quantitative easing).

Key concept: The central bank’s role

The central bank supplies two forms of base money: currency (notes and coins) and reserves, which are the deposits commercial banks have in their accounts at the central bank. The central bank is also responsible for monetary policy (discussed in Units 4-5); Section 6.7 explains quantitative easing in more detail. Students should be able to identify the central bank’s assets and liabilities (Figure 6.10) and explain why these liabilities are a form of government debt.

  1. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Should central banks offer accounts to everyone? Ask students to read this article in The Economist (https://www.economist.com/finance-and-economics/2018/05/26/central-banks-should-consider-offering-accounts-to-everyone). Questions: (1) Explain why individual central-bank accounts could benefit consumers and policymakers. What factors need to be accounted for when implementing this proposal? (2) Analyse the costs and benefits of individual central bank accounts, and explain whether or not you think it is a good idea.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Exercise 6.6 (What do we mean by ‘money’?) – Turn this exercise into a comparison between how ‘money’ is used in everyday language vs economics/finance. As an extension, ask students to find other examples (such as on social media or blogs) where the colloquial usage of ‘money’ (or other financial terms) differs from the technical definition.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  3. Activity type: Data
    Activity description: Central bank balance sheets – Find the most recent balance sheet of your country’s central bank and try to simplify it to the balance sheet shown in Fig 6.10.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  4. Activity type: Extension
    Activity description: Digital currencies – Ask students to research the concepts of ‘central bank digital currency’ and ‘cryptocurrency’. (For example, read the Reserve Bank of Australia’s explainer on digital currencies: https://www.rba.gov.au/education/resources/explainers/cryptocurrencies.html)) How do these two digital currencies differ? Can cryptocurrencies replace traditional forms of money? Why/why not?
    Using AI for this activity: None

Topic 5: Financial markets; Business and household investments

(Sections 6.9-6.11)
Financial markets are a key element of the financial sector. Section 6.9 explains the role that financial markets play in the wider economy: Figure 6.13 shows how both banks and financial markets enable households to channel their savings into different forms of productive capital. Section 6.10 discusses how businesses make investments, while Section 6.11 discusses household investment decisions.

Key concept: Leverage

Leverage (or gearing) refers to the process of increasing investments or asset purchases by borrowing. Students should be aware that leverage can be defined in various ways, but CORE uses the proportion of the investment financed by borrowing (the leverage ratio is the ratio of debt to assets). Figures 6.14a and 6.14b illustrate the benefits and downsides of leverage.

  1. Activity type: Data
    Activity description: Figure 6.15 compares the leverage of a bank with that of a non-financial company. Ask students to replicate this chart with another bank and company from a country of their choice.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: Capital gain

If the market value of an asset increases, the owner of an asset receives a capital gain equal to the difference between the current and previous market prices. Students should know this formula: rate of return (%) = capital gain or loss (%) + income (%). Students should also understand the trade-off between risk and return (Figure 6.18 shows this relationship empirically).

  1. Activity type: Extension
    Activity description: Modelling decisions over risk and return – Section 10.8 of the Economy, Society, and Public Policy textbook uses a constrained choice model to analyse how individuals handle the risk-return trade-off: https://www.core-econ.org/espp/book/text/10.html#108-the-value-of-an-asset-expected-return-and-risk (Students who have learned Unit 3 of the microeconomics volume will be familiar with the general framework.)
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: Collateral and inequalities in asset ownership

Students should understand the role collateral plays in loans and why asset ownership is so unequal across quartiles of household net worth (Figure 6.16). Section 9.9 of the microeconomics volume explains the role of collateral in alleviating credit constraints.

  1. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Credit market exclusion – Ask students to read this Financial Times article (https://www.ft.com/content/3d260e6c-956b-11e3-8371-00144feab7de). Discuss: Many small businesses were excluded from credit markets after the financial crisis. What was the impact of the credit crunch on inequality?
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Financing inequality – Ask students to read this Oxfam/Financial Conduct Authority report on how the financial sector contributes to economic inequality: https://www.fca.org.uk/publication/research/financing-inequality.pdf. For each source of inequality, ask students to think of ways to address the underlying issue.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  3. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Peer-to-peer lending – Ask students to read this article in The Economist on peer-to-peer lending services (https://www.economist.com/special-report/2015/05/07/from-the-people-for-the-people) Questions: (1) Discuss the role of information in loan provision, and the potential issues with collecting data for credit-scoring. (2) Compare and contrast peer-to-peer lending and traditional bank lending. (3) What kind of regulation do you think should apply to peer-to-peer lending?
    Using AI for this activity: None
  4. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Fintech firm loans – Ask students to read this article in The Economist on fintech firm loans to consumers (https://www.economist.com/finance-and-economics/2019/10/10/a-group-of-fintech-firms-are-changing-the-way-consumers-borrow) Questions: (1) Compare and contrast fintech firm loans and credit card loans. How might these new loans help/worsen inequality? 2) To what extent is there a conflict of interest between lenders and borrowers in the fintech firm loans mentioned in the article?
    Using AI for this activity: None

Unit 7 teaching guide

Conceptual prerequisites:

  • Unit 5. At a minimum, Sections 5.2 to 5.4 on the role of fiscal and monetary policy, Sections 5.9 and 5.10 on monetary policy and inflation, and Sections 5.13 and 5.14 on the domestic and exchange rate channels for the transmission of monetary policy

Required Building blocks:

  • 5.2-5.4 Role of fiscal and monetary policy
  • 5.9-5.10 Monetary policy and inflation
  • 5.14 Monetary policy and the exchange rate.
  • 513-5.14 The domestic and exchange rate channels for the transmission of monetary policy

Building blocks in this unit:

  • None

Unit narrative

  • Exchange rate regimes, monetary policy, and inflation (Sections 7.1 and 2)
  • Three alternative monetary regimes
    (Section 7.2)
  • A flexible exchange rate regime with no stable inflation target (FlexNIT) (section 7.3)
  • Fix (e.g. countries in common currency areas)
    (section 7.4)
  • Unit 5 is about the FlexIT regime: Flexible exchange rates and an inflation target
  • Why do some countries still end up with high and volatile inflation? Debt, deficits and Hyperinflation (Section 7.10)
  • Application: Spain before the Euro, Argentina
  • Application: Germany and Spain in the Eurozone
  • Exchange rate regimes in practice around the world (Section 7.6)
  • Exchange rate regimes and inflation outcomes in the world (Section 7.7)
  • Application: Quality of Governance and Inflation (Section 7.11)
  • Global financial markets and policy interest rates (UIP)
    (Section 7.8)
  • Implications of global capital mobility for interest rates in different monetary/exchange rate regimes (Section 7.9)

What’s important/difficult and how to teach it

Unit overview: Unit 7 will be very useful for students / instructors who want to go beyond the model of monetary policy introduced in unit 5 where a country has an independent central bank that sets a credible inflation target, as well as a flexible exchange rate. It can be used in different ways depending on the context and goals of the class.
For instructors in countries with a fixed exchange rate, such as members of a common currency area:
Sections 1 and 2 provide an important introduction.
Section 4 focuses specifically on countries with a fixed exchange rate, and in particular those within a common currency area. It uses the multiplier and PC models to demonstrate how an aggregate demand shock effects competitiveness and the fact that the individual country cannot use monetary policy in response to the shock. It also discusses long-run competitiveness and inflation outcomes as well as reasons for joining a common currency area. Key points are illustrated by data on Spain and Germany.
Section 6 describes exchange rate regimes in practice and provides data on how common these regimes are. Instructors could highlight which regime the country they are teaching in belongs to.
Section 7 is quite important for FIX economies because it discusses how fixed exchange rate regimes are generally effective in pinning down inflation as well as caveats that indicate fixing exchange rates is not the only or possibly not the optimal way to do so, depending on the institutional context.
Sections 8 through 9 examine how different monetary / exchange rate regimes work within global financial markets focusing on the ‘uncovered interest parity’ condition. They are especially relevant for countries which have a fixed exchange rate and their own currency (and no capital controls) as they show that although governments have power to set the nominal policy interest rate, when exchange rates are truly fixed, markets rather than the policymaker determine interest rates, as the foreign and domestic policy rates must be equal.
Section 10 is more relevant for countries that experience high inflation. Section 11 concludes by illustrating the close negative relationship between institutional quality and inflation rates.
For instructors in countries with a flexible exchange rate, where there is no credible inflation target / where the central bank is not independent:
Sections 1 and 2 provide an important introduction.
Section 3 focuses specifically on countries with a FlexNIT system – a flexible exchange rate but no credible inflation target set by an independent central bank.
Section 6 describes exchange rate regimes in practice and section 7 highlights that FlexNIT countries often have high inflation.
Section 8 and 9 serve to explain how exchange rate regimes interact with global financial markets, and introduce the ‘uncovered interest parity’ condition. Though the implications for FlexNIT regimes are mentioned, section 9 focuses more on FlexIT and FIX regimes.
The issue of high inflation outcomes in FlexNIT countries is examined in sections 10 and 11, which discuss the roles of debt and monetary finance as well as governance quality. These sections are especially relevant for FlexNIT economies and can be understood even if sections 8 and 9 are not covered in detail. Section 11 provides data on the relationship between inflation and governance quality.
For instructors who want to teach the whole unit, as part of one of the following courses: introduction to macroeconomics, international finance, or economic development.
This unit includes material that is more challenging and would work well in upper-division elective classes, however, it would also work well in a first-year class as it builds on the framework established in unit 1 through 6. It provides students with an extension to unit 5 that explains how monetary policy is implemented in a variety of countries worldwide. There is extensive use of real-world data and case studies (e.g. Spain and Argentina) which help to make the material relatable and engaging for students at various levels.

Topic 1: High Inflation (Section 7.1)

Key concept: Section 1 describes what it is like to live with high inflation in Argentina and shows that various countries have seen extremely high rates of inflation

  1. Activity type: Data
    Activity description: For up-to-date data on inflation around the world, use The World Bank’s Global Database of Inflation (linked to in exercise 7.1): https://www.worldbank.org/en/research/brief/inflation-database Inflation data are available for download in excel and stata and the database is updated twice per year.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Topic 2: Exchange Rate / Monetary Regimes (Section 7.2 – 7.7)

Key concept: Section 2 introduces several important cornerstones of this unit and it is important to spend enough time on it to lay the foundation for the rest of the unit
– fixed and flexible exchange rates
– the three monetary / exchange rate regimes (FlexIT, FlexNIT and FIX)
– A section which models an aggregate demand shock in a FlexIT economy using the Phillips curve and multiplier models from unit 5. This is the benchmark against which the other two regimes are compared

  1. Activity type: Exercise (in-class)
    Activity description: Instructors could present an empty version of the table in section 7.5 and work together with students to start filling it out. But the end of section 2, there is enough information to complete at least the first, second and fourth rows.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Exercise (in-class)
    Activity description: Identify which of the three regimes the country you are teaching in belongs to, or which one is the most similar to how things work where you are teaching. Students could find evidence that support this categorization, for example from the country’s central bank website.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: Section 3 discusses the FlexNIT regime

a country without a credible inflation target, and where the exchange rate is flexible.
This section describes a process by which the policymaker, in trying to hold unemployment below the supply-side equilibrium, allows a spiral of high inflation and rapid exchange rate depreciations to take hold. This section introduces the rate of exchange rate depreciation (discussed further in the extension to this section) and the implications for competitiveness. The PC and Multiplier models are used to illustrate how rapid increases in inflation can take hold under this regime.

  1. Activity type: Application
    Activity description: This section highlights the example of Spain before it joined the Eurozone in 1999. The other FlexNIT country discussed in detail in this unit is Argentina. Section 7.7 example 2 and section 7.10 include further information about Argentina at various points in time. This resource also has a chapter with detailed data on Argentina: https://manifold.bfi.uchicago.edu/projects/monetary-fiscal-history-latin-america-1960-2017 Instructors could apply the data on Argentina to further illustrate the model presented in this section, or this could be set for students as an exercise.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: Section 4 discusses the FIX regime, and more specifically, countries within a common currency area.
The PC and Multiplier models are used to illustrate the effects of a positive AD shock that affects only one member country.
The determinants of long-run inflation are discussed as well as the reasons for joining a monetary union.
The data focuses on Spain, in comparison to Germany

  1. Activity type: Exercise
    Activity description: Imagine a small country with lower wages and cheaper prices joining a large monetary union (e.g. Slovakia joining the EMU). There are large trade and migration flows between the countries of the new monetary union. What will happen to inflation and wages in the small country? Answer: prices and wages should converge to the EMU average meaning inflation in Slovakia will be higher than inflation in the EMU. This phenomenon is visible in fig 7.14 as Senegal has higher inflation than France (thus prices are converging). See also https://www.iz.sk/en/projects/EU-indicators/hicp-inflation-rate and https://www.iz.sk/inflation
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Data
    Activity description: The ECB uses HICP for inflation targeting, not CPI/deflator. The differences are not stark: https://www.iz.sk/inflation
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: Section 5 is a short section that summarizes the early parts of the unit. This will be especially useful for instructors who want to compare the different approaches.

  1. Activity type: Exercise (in-class)
    Activity description: Have students work in groups of two or three and explain each cell in the last two rows to each other
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: Section 6 provides a description of exchange rate regimes as they are practiced, including ‘Dollarization’ and ‘euro-ization’, as well as ‘Managed’, ‘target’, and ‘shadow’ exchange rate regimes
This section also provides data about the share of population living under different exchange rate regimes

  1. Activity type: Data
    Activity description: Figure 7.15 shows the percentage of population that live under different exchange rate regimes, defined firstly according to the official regime (largely following IMF categories but with some simplifications) and secondly according to how much the exchange rate varies compared to either the dollar or the euro (whichever is less). Note that the $US dollar and the euro do not vary at all relative to themselves so they are included in the 12% of population for whom exchange rate variation is zero (although they are freely floating currencies).
    Some other example countries: between 0.5% and 1% includes the UK, the range 2 to 5% includes S Africa and India, the N/A category includes Sudan, Zimbabwe and Venezuela.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Data
    Activity description: The data used in unit 7 has been made available and can be found on the CORE website. Find the country you are teaching in and discuss your country’s de facto and de jure exchange rate regime
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: Section 7 provides data on the relationship between the exchange rate and inflation across a large number of countries, spanning all the monetary regimes described in the previous section.
Countries that have experienced very little exchange rate depreciation relative to the $US have also enjoyed low inflation rates. However, using case studies of Spain and Argentina, this section argues that fixing the exchange rate is not a silver bullet for dealing with inflation.

  1. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: The following article provides an interesting and highly accessible discussion of the reasons why countries may choose to adopt different exchange rate regimes. Students could read this article and then discuss how the points it makes relate to the specific regime their own country and one other country has adopted. Atish R. Ghosh & Jonathan D. Ostry. 2009. ‘Choosing an Exchange Rate Regime’. International Monetary Fund Finance and Development 46. December 2009.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Topic 3: Global Financial Markets

Key concept: Section 8 explains the constraints that policymakers in different regimes face in terms of setting policy interest rates. To do it, it moves away from the policymaker’s perspective and examines the world from the viewpoint of a global investor.
Key assumption: No capital controls

  1. Activity type: Exercise
    Activity description: In some countries, the assumption that there are no capital controls does not apply. Students can use the following resource to learn more about capitals controls: corporatefinanceinstitute.com/resources/economics/capital-controls/. You can also ask them to find out whether there are any capital controls in operation in your country, and if so, what form they take.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: This section provides a relatively straightforward introduction to the principle of uncovered interest parity. This is based on the relationship of ‘equal expected returns’ and the argument that trading in financial markets will always ensure that this relationship holds. The extension to this section provides further algebra as well as data on whether the UIP condition holds in practice.

  1. Activity type: Exercises
    Activity description: Similar to Question 7.15, additional questions and exercises could propose various scenarios and ask: would it be a good idea to invest in this situation? Students should get comfortable using the formulas in this section, plugging in numbers and interpreting the result. For following section unpacks the implications of this relationship.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: Section 9 demonstrates that in a flexible exchange rate regime, the policymaker sets the policy interest rate, and the exchange rate is set in the market. In the long-run, the real interest rate is set in the market. On the other hand, in a fixed exchange rate regime, the policymaker fixes the exchange rate, and the market determines the interest rate. This section focuses on FlexIT and FIX regimes and the following section focuses on FlexNIT regimes.

  1. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: This section is related to the idea of the ‘impossible trinity’ where countries cannot simultaneously have a fixed foreign exchange rate, free capital mobility and independent monetary policy. The following BBC article from 2015 discussed the interesting and complex case of China: https://www.bbc.com/news/business-34178247
    Using AI for this activity: None

Topic 4: Macroeconomic policy and high inflation (Section 7.10 – 7.11)

Key concept: Section 10

this section describes how FlexNIT countries often have high deficits and use monetary finance combined with high inflation to finance them. Mechanisms leading to hyperinflation are described.
“Tying ones hands” – in a FlexIT country, the interest rate is used by an independent central bank to control inflation, thus it cannot be used by government to lower borrowing costs.
In a FIX regime, the government sets the exchange rate and interest rates are determined in the market, thus the government cannot manipulate interest rates in order to bring down borrowing costs.
In a FlexNIT regime, no such constraints exist. The government can set the nominal interest rate, and can achieve negative real interest rates by financing expenditure through monetary financing (expanding the money supply) and allowing high inflation. This allows the government to have persistent, large deficits, even when they find it difficult to borrow in international markets. Possible motivations for doing this are discussed. In general, this could benefit the government but make life extremely difficult for the citizens of that country.

  1. Activity type: Exercise
    Activity description: Students could gather data on fiscal deficits and government debt in another FlexIT country other than Argentina, such as Venezuela, Lebanon, Sudan, Zimbabwe, Syria or Turkey.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: Section 11 demonstrates that countries with high inflation rates are often also those with poor scores on the World Bank’s measures of governance quality. We have seen that in both FlexIT and FIX regimes, the hands of the government are tied in some way. Countries with higher quality governance may have the institutional context which makes it possible to tie the hands of the government, in this sense.

  1. Activity type: Extension
    Activity description: Countries will low quality of governance often have measures to keep inflation artificially low. For example, capital controls in Spain, banning wage increase in Slovakia in 1990s. This means that the data used in section 11 may not reveal the whole story in come cases. Students could research additional examples of measures that have been implemented to keep inflation artificially low, especially in countries with low governance scores and relatively low inflation rates. (The data used in unit 7 has been made available and can be found on the CORE website, and could be used to identify countries with low governance scores and low inflation rates.)
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Data
    Activity description: Students could replicate the graph but rather than using an average of all the components of governance quality, they could see whether inflation is more or less correlated with specific components of governance quality, including control of corruption, rule of law, regulatory quality, political stability and absence of violence/terrorism, government effectiveness, or voice and accountability. The data used in unit 7 has been made available and can be found on the CORE website.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Unit 8 teaching guide

Conceptual prerequisites:

  • Unit 6 (Sections 6.2-6.10)

Required Building blocks:

  • 6.2-6.4 Debt, financial sector, and banks
  • 6.6 Introducing the central bank
  • 8.2-8.3 Micro: Demand and supply curves

Building blocks in this unit:

  • None

Unit narrative

  • Economic dynamics (Section 8.1-8.2)
    Stable equilibrium; Unstable equilibrium
    Tipping point
    Positive and negative feedback processes
  • Application: Poverty traps
    (Section 8.3)
  • Modelling asset price bubbles
    (Section 8.4-8.6)
    Price dynamics curve
    Multiple equilibria
  • Application: Housing booms and busts
    (Section 8.7-8.8)
    Household balance sheet
    Target wealth; precautionary saving
    Financial accelerator
  • Financial instability
    (Section 8.9-8.10)
    Leverage
    External effects; moral hazard
    Policies to address financial system instability
  • Environmental tipping points
    (Section 8.11-8.13)
    Environmental dynamics curve
    Prudential policies
    Adoption dynamics curve

What’s important/difficult and how to teach it

Topic 1: Economic dynamics

(Section 8.1-8.3)
Section 8.1 introduces the theme of out-of-equilibrium dynamics. Section 8.2 covers key concepts related to dynamics (stability of equilibria and feedback processes). Section 8.3 applies these concepts to poverty traps by discussing a field experiment by Balboni et al. (2022) where villagers in Bangladesh were randomly selected to receive a major asset.

Key concept: Stable/unstable equilibrium

Students should be able to distinguish between stable and unstable equilibria. For stable equilibria, there is a tendency for the equilibrium to be restored after it is disturbed by a small shock. For unstable equilibria, if a shock disturbs the equilibrium, there is a subsequent tendency to move even further away from the equilibrium. The ‘ball on a hill’ analogy (Figure 8.3) can be a helpful visual representation.
Tipping point: A tipping point is an unstable equilibrium at the boundary between two regions characterized by distinct movements in some variable.
Positive/negative feedback: A negative feedback process counteracts (pushes back against) movement away from equilibrium. Positive feedback processes amplify (reinforce) a movement away from equilibrium. Students commonly confuse the direction of movement (larger/smaller horizontal axis value) with positive/negative feedback, respectively. Instructors should emphasise that the word positive/negative relates to the original equilibrium (movement away/towards, respectively).

  1. Activity description: Refer to Topic 5 for teaching activities.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Topic 2: Modelling asset price bubbles

(Section 8.4-8.6)
Section 8.4 introduces the concept of asset price bubbles, using data from the US housing market before the 2007-09 financial crisis. Sections 8.5 and 8.6 use a two-dimensional diagram with a price dynamics curve to model out-of-equilibrium behaviour. This diagram is a simple representation of a discrete-time dynamic system. This model is applied to asset price bubbles (but is more general and will be applied to environmental processes and green technology adoption later in the unit). Disequilibrium is modelled initially as an exogenous change which shifts the supply or demand curves. The focus is then on endogenous changes within the model which restore or move the economy back towards equilibrium.

Key concept: Asset price bubble

An asset price bubble is a sustained and significant rise in the price of an asset, fuelled by expectations of future price increases. Students should know what features of assets make them subject to bubbles (such as resale value/speculation).

  1. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Debates about asset price bubbles – Ask students to read this Financial Times article on Nobel laureates’ opposing takes on the existence and causes of asset price bubbles: https://www.ft.com/content/cb405410-a40f-3421-858e-1ba3be193e3d. Which view discussed in the article seems best descriptive of financial markets over the past decades? (Note: The article was written in 2013; instructors can ask students to find more recent data to answer this question. What (if anything) has changed since the article was written?)
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Measuring the value of an asset – Ask students to read this article in the Economist on asset prices vs the value of an asset: https://www.economist.com/finance-and-economics/2019/03/23/why-book-value-has-lost-its-meaning. Questions: With reference to the article, explain the distinction between the price of an asset and its value. Discuss the limitations of using price to measure the value of an asset. Why is measuring the value of an asset so difficult?
    Using AI for this activity: None
  3. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Bubble in the market for emus – Ask students to read this article in the Economist about bubbles in the market for emus in Texas: https://www.economist.com/christmas-specials/2018/12/18/the-great-texas-emu-bubble. Questions: Explain why there was a bubble in the market for emus in Texas, and why the bubble popped. What lessons for policymaking can we learn from this example?
    Using AI for this activity: None
  4. Activity type: Exercise
    Activity description: Exercise 8.5 asks students to research one historical asset price bubble. As an extension, students can research policy responses and measures that were implemented afterwards, to prevent similar bubbles in the future.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  5. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Beliefs and bubbles – Ask students to read this article in the Economist on beliefs and the business cycle: https://www.economist.com/finance-and-economics/2019/08/22/the-onset-of-a-downturn-is-as-much-a-matter-of-mood-as-of-money. Questions: To what extent are recessions caused by changes in public sentiment rather than other shocks? Discuss the role of ‘animal spirits’ in the business cycle.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: Price dynamics curve (PDC); multiple equilibria

The price dynamics curve shows the relationship between the price in the current period and the price in the next period. Points where the PDC intersects the 45-degree line are equilibria, and the slope of the PDC at that point determines whether the equilibrium is stable (<45 degrees) or unstable (>45 degrees). Students should be familiar with the S-shaped price dynamics curve (which is used in other applications later in the unit), and how to distinguish between movements along the PDC (changes in price due to shifts in demand/supply) vs movement of the whole PDC (changes in beliefs for reasons other than a change in the price itself). Figures 8.14-8.16 illustrate these concepts and show how shifts in the PDC can affect the number of equilibria.

  1. Activity type: Poll
    Activity description: During lecture, instructors can check students’ understanding of these concepts with true/false statements about equilibrium and stability (e.g. ‘a tipping point is a stable equilibrium’). For statements to use, instructors can refer to the MCQ bank or use the eBook MCQs (Question 8.2 and 8.4).
    Using AI for this activity: None

Topic 3: Application: Housing booms and busts

(Section 8.7-8.8)
Section 8.7 explains a mechanism that contributed to the US housing price boom in the early 2000s (the financial accelerator) and its effect on aggregate consumption and output. Section 8.8 discusses the unequal effects of the 2007-09 financial crisis on households depending on their wealth levels.

Key concept: Housing price bubble, financial accelerator

The financial accelerator refers to mechanism through which firms’ and households’ ability to borrow increases when the value of the collateral they have pledged to the lender (often a bank) goes up. Instructors can refer to the aggregate demand model in Unit 3 to explain household behaviour when housing prices rise and fall, referring to the concepts of consumption smoothing, target wealth, and precautionary saving.

  1. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Mortgage debt and financial instability – Ask students to read this Financial Times article on financial (in)stability before the financial crisis: https://www.ft.com/content/4c6731ae-5fca-11dc-b0fe-0000779fd2ac How did the securitisation of mortgage debt affect financial stability when house prices fell in 2007?
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Housing prices after the 2007-09 financial crisis – Ask students to read this article in the Economist on a future housing bubble: https://www.economist.com/graphic-detail/2019/06/29/for-now-residential-property-prices-are-likely-to-keep-rising. Questions: Choose two countries mentioned in the article and explain where you think they are on the price-dynamics curve in Q1 2019. This article was written in 2019; discuss the effects of major economic events since then (such as the COVID-19 pandemic) on the price dynamics curve and housing prices. Why is it so important for policymakers to monitor trends in housing prices?
    Using AI for this activity: None
  3. Activity type: Data
    Activity description: Household wealth after the 2007-09 financial crisis – Ask students to find data on household wealth (by decile, quartile, or a similar measure) for their country/a country besides the US. Plot chart(s) to show how household wealth changed after the 2007-09 financial crisis. (The World Inequality Database (https://wid.world) may be a useful data source.)
    Using AI for this activity: None

Topic 4: Financial instability

(Section 8.9-8.10)
Section 8.9 discusses the role of banks in the 2007-09 financial crisis, and why the banking system is unstable. Section 8.10 outlines the incentive problem (moral hazard due to being ‘too big to fail’) and the regulations implemented after the financial crisis to address the financial system’s instability.

Key concept: External effects; Moral hazard

As discussed in Unit 6, leverage is critical to how banks make profits. Figure 8.21 shows how leveraged banks were before the financial crisis, due to misaligned incentives: banks took on excessive risks because they knew the government would bail them out (moral hazard). The banks’ decisions had external effects on the rest of the economy (Figure 8.24 provides a useful summary).

  1. Activity type: Extension
    Activity description: Morals and market failure – To learn more about how market incentives and deregulation contributed to the 2007-09 financial crisis, read/discuss Section 10.14 of Economy, Society, and Public Policy (https://www.core-econ.org/espp/book/text/10.html#1014-banking-markets-and-morals).
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: Policies to address financial system instability

Students should be able to identify post-crisis policies that were implemented (restrictions on leverage, resolution regimes) and explain why these policies help prevent similar crises from happening in the future.

  1. Activity type: Extension
    Activity description: Too big to fail – The CORE Insight ‘Too big to fail’ provides more details on the post-crisis regulatory reforms and how effective they have been (https://www.core-econ.org/insights/too-big-to-fail/text/01.html)
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Post-crisis reforms – Ask students to read this Financial Times article on lack of serious economic reform after the financial crisis: https://www.ft.com/content/4b84d45e-8bec-11e7-9084-d0c17942ba93. What lessons did policymakers learn from the financial crisis and what policies could they implement as a result?
    Using AI for this activity: None
  3. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Predicting financial crises – Ask students to read this article in the Economist on predicting the 2007-09 financial crisis: https://www.economist.com/finance-and-economics/2010/07/22/agents-of-change. Questions: With reference to the article, explain the challenges with getting accurate predictions about the economy. Explain how economists’ approach to modelling the economy have changed since the financial crisis.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  4. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Lessons learnt from financial crises – Ask students to read this article in The Economist on lessons learnt from the 2007-09 financial crisis (‘Great Recession’): https://www.economist.com/finance-and-economics/2017/12/16/a-decade-after-it-hit-what-was-learnt-from-the-great-recession. Questions: Compare and contrast the effectiveness of the policies adopted by the US during the 1930s Great Depression and the 2008 Great Recession. To what extent was the policy response to the Great Recession not ‘dramatic’ enough?
    Using AI for this activity: None
  5. Activity type: Data
    Activity description: Doing Economics Project 10 (https://www.core-econ.org/doing-economics/book/text/10-01.html) uses World Bank’s Global Financial Development Database to compare stability of financial institutions before and after the 2007-09 financial crisis.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Topic 5: Environmental tipping points

(Section 8.11-8.13)
The same S-shaped dynamics curve model from Sections 8.5-8.6 is now applied to two types of environmental tipping points. The first type is ‘negative’, referring to environmental collapse (Arctic sea ice; Section 8.11). The second type is ‘positive’, referring to green technology adoption (electric vehicles; Section 8.13). Section 8.12 discusses policies that are suitable for addressing environmental tipping points.

Key concept: Environmental dynamics curve; Adoption dynamics curve

The environmental dynamics curve shows how an environmental variable changes from period to period, whereas the adoption dynamics curve shows how the number of electric vehicle users changes from period to period. Unlike the housing prices model, the equilibria in both models can be labelled as ‘good’ or ‘bad’.

  1. Activity type: Extension
    Activity description: Adopting low-carbon substitutes – The Global Tipping Points website has short case studies (8-10 pages) on adopting low-carbon substitutes for food and energy and how close we are to the tipping point: https://report-2023.global-tipping-points.org/resources/
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Game
    Activity description: Experiencing Economics Experiment 7 (Network economies of scale) helps students understand the concept of critical mass in technology adoption: https://www.core-econ.org/experiencing-economics/instructors/book/text/07.html
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: Environmental tipping points; Prudential policies

The ‘middle equilibrium’ in the S-shaped dynamics curve diagram is the tipping point. For environmental processes, there is some uncertainty over where this tipping point is. Prudential policies place a very high value on reducing the likelihood of a disastrous outcome, even if this is costly in terms of other objectives foregone. Such an approach is often advocated where there is fundamental uncertainty about the conditions under which a disastrous outcome would occur. Students should understand the difference between risk and uncertainty, and why prudential policies are important in the latter case.

  1. Activity type: Video
    Activity description: The Global Tipping Points website has two YouTube videos (2-minutes each) that introduce global tipping points (positive and negative). Instructors can use these to introduce the topics in Sections 8.11-8.13: https://youtu.be/2dIaGkFo2G0; https://youtu.be/QFp_R9ZXPs0
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Video
    Activity description: The Leaders’ Quest YouTube channel has a 5-minute video on tipping points and cascades relating to new technology adoption: https://youtu.be/A8aOfrvc43k
    Using AI for this activity: None
  3. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Deforestation – Ask students to read this article in The Economist about tipping points in the Amazon rainforest: https://www.economist.com/briefing/2019/08/01/the-amazon-is-approaching-an-irreversible-tipping-point. Questions: Use the tipping point model in the unit to explain the potential effects of Amazon rainforest deforestation. Where on the environmental dynamics curve do you think we currently are? Use the concept of external effects to explain the issues surrounding the deforestation of the Amazon rainforest.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  4. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Climate change policy – Ask students to read Stern et al. (2022) ‘The economics of immense risk, urgent action and radical change: towards new approaches to the economics of climate change’ https://doi.org/10.1080/1350178X.2022.2040740. Discuss: What are the problems with the current models (Integrated Assessment Models), and alternative approaches do the authors recommend?
    Using AI for this activity: None

Unit 9 teaching guide

Conceptual prerequisites:

  • n/a

Optional Building blocks:

  • 1.2 (TE 2.0: Micro): History’s Hockey Stick
  • 10.3 and 10.5 (TE 2.0: Micro): Addressing external effects
  • 3.6-3.8 (TE 2.0: Micro): The multiplier model

Building blocks in this unit:

  • n/a

Unit narrative

  • Measuring Economic Growth
    (section 9.2)
    Ratio scales
    CAGR
    Rule of 70
  • Capital Accumulation and Technology
    Production Functions (Section 9.3)
    Growth accounting (Section 9.4)
    Investment and Saving (Section 9.5)
  • Barriers to Growth (Section 9.6)
    Infrastructure and Education
    Co-ordination failures
  • Institutions (Section 9.7)
    Planned vs Market economies
    Quality of Institutions
  • Modelling economic growth (Section 9.8)
    The Growth Dynamics model
  • Case studies (Sections 9.9 and 10)
    Botswana and Tanzania
    Bangladesh and Pakistan
  • Global income distribution (Section 9.11)
  • Planetary Limits and Sustainable Growth (Section 9.12)
    Sustainable Growth
    Energy Transition
    Sustainable institutions

What’s important/difficult and how to teach it

Topic 1: Introduction

(Sections 9.1 – 9.2)
This unit starts by describing rapid economic growth in China, and then by discussing how we measure economic growth, introducing the concepts of ratio scales, CAGR and the rule of 70.

Key concept: Economic growth

This unit introduces various concepts related to economic growth and development. Instructors could start with a game that touches on some of these concepts.

  1. Activity type: In-class activity
    Activity description: DevSim by Mark Fabian provides an in-class simulation of economic development using powerpoint and excel. Students have to make decisions, which determine the outcome of a hypothetical country. This activity introduces concepts including capital accumulation, demographics and institutions. For more information see: https://journalofeconomicsteaching.org/devsim-a-powerpoint-based-choose-your-own-adventure-game-for-teaching-economic-development-fabian
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: In-class activity
    Activity description: Gapminder worldview upgrader. This is a fun activity to go through as a class – asking students questions and then revealing the answers. There are various quizzes to choose from, touching on a wide variety of aspects of uneven global growth. https://upgrader.gapminder.org.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: Economic development

This unit focuses on economic growth and does not examine in detail the question of growth vs economic development. However, the text does examine the limitations of GDP as a measure of well-being in Micro Unit 1 Extension 1.2

  1. Activity type: Doing Economics
    Activity description: To explore another way of measuring economic development (the Human Development Index), students could work through project 4 of the Doing Economics book. This is a relatively large project and would take several weeks to complete, especially for students who are new to using excel https://books.core-econ.org/doing-economics/book/text/04-01.html As an extension to this project, students could focus on an interesting pair of countries (similar to Section 9 on Botswana and Tanzania and section 10 on Bangladesh and Pakistan).
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Doing Economics
    Activity description: Project 5 where students compare the income distributions of two countries (https://books.core-econ.org/doing-economics/book/text/0-3-contents.html) and Project 9 on Credit Excluded Households in a Developing Country (i.e. Ethiopia) (https://books.core-econ.org/doing-economics/book/text/09-01.html) are also both relevant to the contents of this unit
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: Economic development in China

China is provided here as an interesting and important case study of rapid transformation. The later parts of the unit do not discuss China’s development in detail, because it is a bit exceptional. However, the following section (on growth rates, CAGR and the rule of 70) uses data for China, and can be taught together with the hook section as a single introduction.

  1. Activity type: Data
    Activity description: Watch the Bubble Graph on the Gapminder website (https://www.gapminder.org/tools/#$chart-type=bubbles&url=v2) and see how China has caught up with and overtaken many other countries. The dip in incomes and especially life expectancy that occurred during the Great Leap Forward (1958 – 1962) is also clearly visible in this animation.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: Measuring Economic growth

this section introduces ratio scales, Compound annual growth rates (CAGR), and the rule of 70. It does not require students to know what logarithms are.

  1. Activity type: Data
    Activity description: Use data on other countries (other than China, India and South Korea). Data can be found here: https://unstats.un.org/unsd/snaama/downloads
    Using AI for this activity: None

Topic 2: Capital accumulation and technology

(Sections 9.3 – 9.5)
These sections examine the role that capital accumulation and investment, as well as technological progress, play in economic growth, using theory and data.

Key concept: Production functions

Section 9.3 discusses production functions. This concept can be understood without any background knowledge, but if instructors want to extend the discussion, students may find the earlier material on production functions helpful, especially Micro section 1.6, as well as 2.4 (including the extension) and possibly extension 5.4.

  1. Activity type: Extension
    Activity description: Production functions in 3D – the 3D graph in Extension 2.4 helps by displaying more than one input (in this case energy and labour). It can be found here: https://books.core-econ.org/the-economy/microeconomics/02-technology-incentives-04-firms-technology-production.html#figure-e2-1a A full set of similar graphs can be found here: https://www2.hawaii.edu/~fuleky/anatomy/anatomy.html The most relevant graph that matches up with Figure 9.4 is the middle graph in the “constant returns” section. In this case, we are holding labour constant and changing capital (in Figure 9.4 this is expressed in per capita terms).
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: Labour productivity (Y/N), total factor productivity (z), capital intensity (K/N), average product of capital (APK)

Students should become comfortable with these concepts, linking them all back to the production function.

  1. Activity type: Exercise (asynchronous)
    Activity description: This unit does not examine sovereign debt in detail, but as a complement to the section on saving and investment (section 9.6), instructors could assign certain sections of the CORE Insight: Government Debt and Sovereign Wealth in the Global South https://books.core-econ.org/insights/government-debt-and-wealth/00-highlights.html
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: Accounting for growth

Section 4 explains how growth can be decomposed into three components (capital, labour and everything else). Work through the tables and graphs so that students can see how they fit together.

  1. Activity type: Extension
    Activity description: Unit 1 of the micro text introduces the hockey stick diagram and emphasizes the roles of technological progress and capitalism. Sections 3 to 5 of this unit touch on technological progress and economic systems are examined in section 7. Instructors could think about how much they want to refer back to unit 1 Micro, for example, by showing the Hockey Stick graph (Figure 1.1) and perhaps Figure 1.7 which highlights technological breakthroughs since 1700.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: Investment and saving

This section again uses both theory and data to describe the role of investment in economic growth. Be sure that students are connecting the theory with the real-world evidence provided.

  1. Activity type: Extension
    Activity description: Section 9.5 reintroduces the character “Marco” who appeared in unit 9 of the Micro text. For students who are comfortable with constrained maximization, Figure 9.6 provides further detail as to how Marco would select the optimal level of investment
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Exercise
    Activity description: Suppose that due to climate change, the rate of return drops to 125%. What should Marco do? Does it matter whether he has this information beforehand?” (which could be linked to technological advancements in weather forecasting, or R&D in crops and profit motives of western companies to develop new crops and selling them to different countries at different prices (price discrimination))
    Using AI for this activity: None

Topic 3: Barriers to Growth; Institutions

(Sections 9.6 – 9.7)
This section discusses education, infrastructure and co-ordination failures as barriers to growth, and describes the important role of institutions, both in terms of economic systems (planned vs capitalist economies) as well as the quality of economic institutions.

Key concept: Infrastructure and Education

ideally instructors could supplement this section to draw on examples that are relevant to your country (or which your students would be interested in)

  1. Activity type: Exercise (asynchronous)
    Activity description: Students could visit the following website to read more about the relationship between energy infrastructure and economic growth: https://energyforgrowth.org/article/how-does-energy-impact-economic-growth-an-overview-of-the-evidence
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Exercise (asynchronous)
    Activity description: For an empirical study of how limited electricity supply limits businesses, see Wendy Carlin, Mark Schaffer, Paul Seabright, Soviet power plus electrification: What is the long-run legacy of communism?, Explorations in Economic History, Volume 50, Issue 1, 2013,
    Using AI for this activity: None
  3. Activity type: Data
    Activity description: The Gapminder website has a wealth of data on education – use especially the trends and bubble graphs. For example: https://www.gapminder.org/tools/#$model$markers$line$encoding$y$data$concept=primary_completion_rate_total_percent_of_relevant_age_group&source=sg&space@=geo&=time;;&scale$type:null&domain:null&zoomed:null;;;;;;&chart-type=linechart&url=v2
    Using AI for this activity: None
  4. Activity type: Exercise (asynchronous)
    Activity description: Students could watch this short video on children being out of school in Nigeria https://www.dw.com/en/poverty-keeps-countless-nigerian-children-out-of-school/video-70275327
    Listen carefully to the commentary directly after the government official speaks (2 minutes 35 seconds). Try to find out if the fluctuating oil prices are the main reason for a lack of funds being directed toward education
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: Co-ordination failures

Section 9.6 discusses a specific example of coordination failure where a vicious cycle perpetuates low demand for electricity and skilled workers and low investment in the modern sector.

  1. Activity type: Game
    Activity description: The Co-ordination game: Investment is documented in the “Experiencing Economics” text here: https://books.core-econ.org/experiencing-economics/instructors-preview/book/text/02.html
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Driving on the left vs right side of the road – ask students to model this scenario as a coordination game. In 1967, Sweden changed the side of the road that people drive on. Students can read this BBC article and discuss the costs/efforts required to switch the equilibrium (https://www.bbc.com/worklife/article/20180417-a-thrilling-mission-to-get-the-swedish-to-change-overnight). This 1.30-minute video explains how history influenced the side of the road that countries drive on[https://www.businessinsider.com/uk-china-countries-drive-left-side-road-traffic-ancient-rome-sword-fight-2016-12?r=US&IR=T]
    Using AI for this activity: None
  3. Activity type: Exercise (asynchronous)
    Activity description: Read this fascinating note about coordination failures in labour markets: https://www.clevelandfed.org/publications/economic-commentary/2007/ec-20071101-coordination-failures-in-the-labour-market
    Using AI for this activity: None
  4. Activity type: Exercise (in-class)
    Activity description: Another type of co-ordination failure occurs when people need to settle on a specific option to reap the benefits – such as farmers wanting to grow a cash crop: If many farmers in a certain area choose the same cash crop, it will be worthwhile for middlemen to visit that area and create a trade in that crop. As an exercise, students can discuss: How would they meet to study together if they didn’t have cell phones and they had forgotten to determine the location? There are probably numerous locations on campus which would be equally suitable for a group study session, but unless they all arrive at the same location (co-ordination), they will not be able to have a study session. Even if they have cell phones, determining a specific time and location for a large group to meet can be extremely difficult
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: Institutions

Section 9.7 first describes how planned economies fared after transitioning to a new economic system, highlighting differences between economies that were more or less industrialized when they implemented a planned system. Secondly, the section discusses research on institutional quality, highlighting the legacies of colonialism in settler and extractive colonies.

  1. Activity type: Game
    Activity description: Fishing game – two versions. To demonstrate the importance of institutions and how a change in institutional arrangements can change the outcomes of a game, instructors could play two versions of the fishing game with their students – available on classEx (classEx.de – you will need to register). Students can see how playing the game with and without punishment can lead to dramatically different outcomes.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Game; Poll
    Activity description: Ultimatum game vs Dictator game – To illustrate how institutions can affect outcomes, have students play both the ultimatum game and dictator game, then compare the results. Alternatively instructors could have a quick poll asking students how they would behave (as the Proposer) in both scenarios.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  3. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Student clubs and societies – Instructors could ask students about the institutions that govern the clubs and societies they belong to on campus. For example: what is the role of the president, how are they selected, does anyone in the club have veto power over decisions? (Depending on the way students discuss the workings of their clubs, this may also provide an opportunity to distinguish between institutions and culture).
    Using AI for this activity: None
  4. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Consider the institutional arrangements around you. For example, think about an interaction between two economic actors (landlord/tenant, employer/employee, firm/customer) and then think about the institutional arrangements that govern that specific interaction. In what ways do you think the institutional arrangements that you observe in daily life could lead to better or worse outcomes in the country as a whole, for example in terms of how well things function or how easy or hard it is to get things done? (You may want to research relevant laws in your country/region.)
    Using AI for this activity: None

Topic 4: Modelling Economic Growth: The Growth Dynamics Model

(Section 9.8)
This section introduces a model of economic growth which helps explain both low growth traps as well as dynamic economic growth. It is related to the multiple equilibria models in unit 8 but does not use an S-curve. The growth accounting equation from section 4 is used again here with the same definitions for technological progress and growth rates of capital and labour.

Key concept: Exogenous vs endogenous growth

Students should understand what is meant by exogenous and endogenous growth. In this model, exogenous growth occurs through learning by doing and from others. Endogenous growth occurs through investment (according to a simple investment rule).

  1. Activity type: Application
    Activity description: Section 9.9 on Bangladesh and Pakistan uses this model to describe their different growth paths (see Figure 9.23). Students should draw diagrams for a few real countries to make sure that they are connecting the theoretical model with the real world. (See Exercise 9.12 for further details).
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Extension
    Activity description: In classes that have covered unit 8, it may be helpful to refer back to the key concepts of the multiple equilibria models covered there, such as the meaning of the 45-degree line. The growth dynamics curve in this unit describes how growth rates change from period to period, just as the price dynamics curve in Unit 8 describes how prices change from one period to the next.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Topic 5: Applications and Implications

(Sections 9.9 – 9.12)
Section 9 is a case study of Botswana and Tanzania and applies the growth dynamics model from section 8. Section 10 is a case study of Bangladesh and Pakistan. Section 11 examines the global income distribution. Section 12 explored environmental sustainability and asks what would be required to transition to green energy sources such that economic growth can be de-coupled from carbon emissions.

Key concept: Country case studies

examining two pairs of countries which are similar in some ways but have seen very different growth trajectories.

  1. Activity type: Student Research (Data; Exercise)
    Activity description: Country case studies: Students could identify another interesting pair of countries (e.g. the Dominican Republic and Haiti) and do research on each country to explain its recent economic growth outcomes. Using the diagrams from section 8 would be an important part of this exercise
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: Global income distribution

rather than comparing average income between countries, this section looks at the global income distribution, with data from 1950 on the 10th to the 90th percentile. This data is very rich and contains a lot of insights within in. The text helps contextualize this data.

  1. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Using Gapminder, you can look at the income distribution within each country (selecting any you are interested in) and compare distributions: see here for an example https://www.gapminder.org/tools/#$model$markers$mountain$data$filter$dimensions$geo$/$or@$geo$/$in@=africa&=americas&=asia&=europe&=gha&=rwa&=deu&=ind&=usa;;;;;;;;&encoding$color$data$constant=_default;&scale$type:null&domain:null&zoomed:null;;;;&billy$encoding$selected$data$;;;;;;&chart-type=mountain&url=v2
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: Sustainable economic growth

students should be able to differentiate between the idea of “degrowth” and the approach of “green growth”. This section discusses what would be involved in an energy transition whereby economic growth is decoupled from harmful emissions of carbon. The potential roles of relative prices, taxation, regulation, institutions and social movements are discussed.

  1. Activity type: Extension
    Activity description: This section includes some highly detailed exercises where students can work with data from Our World in Data – see especially Exercise E9.1 in Extension 9.12 on Kaya’s Identity.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Unit 10 teaching guide

Conceptual prerequisites:

  • None

Required Building blocks:

  • Section 3.2–3.4 (TE 2.0: Micro): Constrained choice problems
  • Section 3.7 (TE 2.0 Micro): Income and substitution fees
  • Section 4.5 (TE 2.0: Micro): Evaluating outcomes: The Pareto criterion
  • Section 4.2–4.3 (TE 2.0: Micro): Game theory and Nash equilibrium
  • Section 5.12 (TE 2.0: Micro): Measuring economic inequality: The Gini coefficient
  • Section 6.6 (TE 2.0: Micro): Getting the work done: Contracts, principals, and agents
  • Section 7.5 (TE 2.0: Micro): Demand, elasticity, and revenue
  • Section 10.6-10.7 (TE 2.0: Micro):Public Goods

Building blocks in this unit:

  • None

Unit narrative

  • Government as an economic actor
    (Section 10.2)
    Policies: incentives, regulation, persuasion/information, public provision
    Taxation and government spending
    Pareto efficiency; Fairness
  • Political institutions
    (Section 10.3-10.6)
    Democracy; Global trends in democracy
    3 principles of democracy (rule of law, civil liberties, inclusive and fair elections)
    Median voter model
  • Political rent-seeking model
    (Section 10.7-10.10)
    Political rent
    Political rent-seeking under different political systems
    Political competition and economic competition
  • Government successes and failures
    (10.11-10.14)
    Economic feasibility; Political feasibility; Administrative feasibility
    Principal-agent relationship

What’s important/difficult and how to teach it

Topic 1: The government as an economic actor

(Section 10.2)
This section explains the characteristics of the government and its role in society. Students who have studied the microeconomics volume will be familiar with the government’s role in addressing market failures (Unit 10), and with the concepts of Pareto efficiency and fairness for evaluating outcomes (Units 4 and 5). Instructors can refer to Sections 4.5, 5.3, and 5.12 of The Economy: Microeconomics for an overview of these concepts.

Key concept: Government

Students should understand the difference between the government and private economic actors (the government has coercive power, authority to collect taxes, and obligations to advance and protect civil/human rights e.g. providing public goods and merit goods). Section 10.2 outlines four ways for governments to pursue their objectives: incentives, regulation, persuasion/information, public provision.

  1. Activity type: Data
    Activity description: Size of government – Figure 10.2 shows the growth of government in the UK. For comparison, students can find data for a country of their choice and draw a similar chart.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Data
    Activity description: Government spending – Ask students to find a government budget breakdown for a country of their choice (for example, the UK: https://obr.uk/forecasts-in-depth/brief-guides-and-explainers/public-finances/). Identify the purpose of each spending category listed in the budget (e.g. national defense = public good provision). Instructors can ask students to compare across countries – for example, what are the 3 largest spending categories? (Instructors can refer to Figure 12.10 of Economy, Society, and Public Policy for examples of spending categories and cross-country comparisons: https://books.core-econ.org/espp/book/text/12.html#127-spending-by-democratic-governments-priorities-of-a-nation)
    Using AI for this activity: None
  3. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: The changing role of the government – Ask students to read and discuss the Financial Times article ‘A credo for a revived capitalism’ (https://www.ft.com/content/e6b9fd0e-593c-11df-adc3-00144feab49a) about how the financial crisis changed consensus in the US on the role of the government as an economic actor. Instructors can ask students to compare the article’s findings with those in other countries or events (such as after the COVID-19 pandemic).
    Using AI for this activity: None
  4. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: The role of the state in creating economic value – Ask students to read this interview in The Economist with Mariana Mazzucato on her views about the role of government (https://www.economist.com/open-future/2019/05/09/the-role-of-the-state-in-creating-economic-value). Questions: How do Mariana Mazzucato’s ideas challenge conventional views about the role of government and public policy? To what extent do you agree with Mariana Mazzucato’s ideas about the role of government?
    Using AI for this activity: None

Topic 2: Democracy as a political institution

(Section 10.3-10.6)
Section 10.3 describes the key characteristics of democracy. Section 10.4 covers the median voter model, which outlines conditions under which the Nash equilibrium of both parties (in a two-party system) is to offer very similar, ‘middle-of-the-road’ political platforms. Section 10.5 presents data showing the advance of democracy and its recent stalling (Figure 10.7). Section 10.6 shows descriptive data on the correlation between democracy and policy outcomes (inequality, working hours, size of government).

Key concept: Political institution

These are the ‘rules of the game’ that determine who has power and how it is exercised in a society.
Democracy: A type of political institution with three characteristics – rule of law, civil liberties, and elections that are inclusive, decisive, and fair). Instructors should emphasise that democracy is a spectrum; for example, many countries have historically had elections that were only open to select groups in society. There are also many varieties of democracy, as each country has different electoral systems and voting rules.

  1. Activity type: Data
    Activity description: Constructing a measure of democracy (Freedom House democracy Index – https://freedomhouse.org/country/scores) – Ask students to explore: What criteria does the Freedom House use to construct these measures, and how does your country rank? Pick a country – which aspects of democracy does it do well/not so well in?
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Exercise (in-class)
    Activity description: Varieties of democracy (I) – Ask students to research different types of electoral and voting systems (e.g. first past the post, proportional representation) – how do they work, what are the advantages and disadvantages? In groups or as a class, students can compare the different systems across countries.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  3. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Varieties of democracy (II) – Ask students to read this article in The Economist about how democracy is implemented in practice in three different Latin American countries. (https://www.economist.com/the-americas/1997/10/23/the-varieties-of-democracy) Questions: For each of the Latin American countries mentioned in the article, how closely does their electoral system correspond to the definition of democracy used in the unit (3 criteria)? Instructors can ask students to find recent information about the countries mentioned to determine the extent to which the political situation has changed since the article was written (1997).
    Using AI for this activity: None
  4. Activity type: Exercise (in-class)
    Activity description: Characteristics of democracy – Ask students to find their country’s constitution and identify where the 3 principles of democracy are mentioned. As a class, make comparisons across countries.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  5. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: ‘Democracy is far from everything’ – Ask students to read this Financial Times article (2007) about the flaws of democratic voting systems (https://www.ft.com/content/354d2e78-f419-11db-88aa-000b5df10621). Instructors can ask students to find more recent examples to support/refute the arguments in the article.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  6. Activity type: Poll
    Activity description: Instructors can create short in-class polls based on the data in Fig 10.6 – for example, ask students to guess which country has been an electoral democracy for the longest period, or when did ‘stereotypically’ democratic countries like the US become an electoral democracy (inclusive elections).
    Using AI for this activity: None
  7. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: ‘The global democratic recession’ – Ask students to read this Financial Times article (https://www.ft.com/content/43ea5f04-5d4c-11e6-bb77-a121aa8abd95) about how the advance of democracy has arguably stagnated in the 21st century. Instructors could ask students to find more recent examples (after 2016) to support or refute the article’s arguments.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  8. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: The advance of democracy – Ask students to read this article in The Economist that discusses successful and unsuccessful examples of countries that switched political regime from dictatorship to democracy (https://www.economist.com/international/2015/11/26/the-road-less-travelled). Questions: To what extent are the case studies in the article consistent with the model in the unit? Based on the case studies discussed in the article, what factors contribute to a successful transition from dictatorship to democracy?
    Using AI for this activity: None
  9. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: How compatible are democracy and capitalism? – Ask students to read this article in The Economist (https://www.economist.com/finance-and-economics/2019/06/13/how-compatible-are-democracy-and-capitalism) about the historical relationship between capitalism and democracy, and whether this relationship is likely to continue. Questions: To what extent is the relationship between capitalism and democracy stable? What factors determine the stability of the relationship between capitalism and democracy?
    Using AI for this activity: None
  10. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: ‘As inequality grows, so does the political influence of the rich’ – To supplement the content in Section 10.6, ask students to read this article in The Economist (https://www.economist.com/finance-and-economics/2018/07/21/as-inequality-grows-so-does-the-political-influence-of-the-rich), which discusses research findings on the relationship between democracy and inequality. Questions: To what extent are economic outcomes in the US driven by special interests? (Students can make comparisons with other countries.) Explain how inequality can affect the democratic system and policies chosen by a country.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  11. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Autocracy or democracy? – Ask students to read this article in The Economist (https://www.economist.com/free-exchange/2013/03/27/autocracy-or-democracy) about the relationship between political regime and economic growth in East Asian countries. Questions: From the information in the article, what lessons can we learn about the types of political systems that help economic growth? Discuss the role of political systems in helping economic growth. Why is it difficult to make broad statements about the type of political system countries should adopt?
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: Median voter model

This model aims to explain the policies that political parties adopt when competing in democratic elections. Students should be able to explain what happens to the Nash equilibrium when the model’s assumptions are relaxed.

  1. Activity type: Discussion / Exercise (asynchronous)
    Activity description: Party platforms (I) – Ask students to find the party platforms from a recent election in a country of their choice and compare them along key dimensions (e.g. taxes, government spending). To what extent is their behaviour consistent with the predictions of the basic median voter model? (Instructors can then ask students to work through Exercises 10.3 and 10.4, which relax the assumptions of two-party median voter model.)
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Party platforms (II) – Ask students to read this article in The Economist (https://www.economist.com/special-report/2018/07/12/should-the-party-move-to-the-left-or-to-the-centre), which analyses the policy platforms chosen by the Democrat party in recent US elections (up to 2018). Questions: How well does the basic median voter model represent the situation that political parties in the US face? Discuss the challenges that political parties face with determining what voters actually want.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  3. Activity type: Exercise (asynchronous)
    Activity description: Two-party politics – To supplement the content in Section 10.4, ask students to read the Financial Times article ‘Ice cream, apathy and the paradox of two party politics’ (https://www.ft.com/content/1188eefe-dd0a-11e4-975c-00144feab7de), which discusses Hotelling’s model on spatial competition, and how it maps (imperfectly) to democratic politics.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  4. Activity type: Discussion / Poll
    Activity description: Voter turnout – Ask students to read this article in The Economist about why voter turnout among young people is declining (https://www.economist.com/international/2017/02/04/millennials-across-the-rich-world-are-failing-to-vote) – Instructors could ask students to find more recent data to determine whether this trend still holds after the article’s publication year (2017). Questions: Use the median voter model to analyse the consequences of millennials choosing not to vote. What are the main reasons why young people choose not to vote, and how could they be encouraged to vote? (Instructors can also have a quick poll in lecture asking students whether they vote or not, and have a think-pair-share discussion on the reasons why/why not.)
    Using AI for this activity: None

Topic 3: Political rent-seeking model

(Section 10.7-10.10)
These sections introduce a model of political rent-seeking that uses the same constrained choice framework as that of the price-setting firm in Unit 7 of the microeconomics volume.

Key concept: Political rent

The ‘reward for being in power’. Political rent is the difference between the net benefit (monetary or otherwise) that an individual receives as a result of their political position, and the net benefit from their next best alternative (what they would receive in the absence of a privileged political position).
Political rent-seeking model (isorents, duration curves): Figure 10.13 summarises the model. Students should understand how political competition changes the slope of the duration curve and the political elite’s preferred choice. If students have studied Unit 7 of the microeconomics volume, instructors can draw analogies to the price-setting firm’s decision (isorents and isoprofits, duration curves and demand curves). Figure 10.18 outlines the parallels between political competition and economic competition. If students have studied Unit 3 of the microeconomics volume, instructors can use the concepts of income and substitution effects to analyse the impact of changes in the duration curve.

  1. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Does electoral competition affect policy? – To supplement the content in the How Economists Learn From Facts box, instructors can find examples from outside the US (not necessarily causal) of cases where the policies proposed/implemented by political parties may have been affected by electoral competition (the possibility of being elected or staying in power).
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Case study (Zimbabwe) – Ask students to read the Financial Times article ‘How Zimbabwe’s economy was brought to the brink of collapse’ (https://www.ft.com/content/5fe10fea-cd13-11e7-b781-794ce08b24dc), which discusses how a monopoly government without accountability can inflict severe damage to the economy.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  3. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Lobbying – Ask students to read this article in The Economist (https://www.economist.com/finance-and-economics/2018/10/04/bought-and-paid-for) about how the close relationships between business and politics can be harmful for market competition. Questions: Use the model in the unit to illustrate the potential consequences of lobbying on the political system. Discuss the consequences of strong links between firms and politicians.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Topic 4: Government successes and failures

(Section 10.11-10.14)
These sections outline various reasons why governments may fail to address societal problems. Sections 10.11-10.12 describe three different concepts of feasibility (economic, political, administrative) that must be satisfied for policies to be implemented and have the intended effect. Section 10.13 explains the conflicts of interest arising from the principal-agent relationship between citizens and elected leaders. Section 10.14 concludes the unit with some examples of government successes (climate change, inequality, education).

Key concept: Economic feasibility; Political feasibility; Administrative feasibility

Students should know the difference between these concepts. Economically feasible (policy must work – be economically sound and a Nash equilibrium); politically feasible (people in power must want the policy to be implemented – no lobbying by special interests); administratively feasible (government must have the capacity to implement the policy).

  1. Activity type: Exercise (in-class)
    Activity description: Concepts of feasibility – To check students’ understanding of the three feasibility concepts, ask students to find examples of policies (or give theoretical examples) that satisfy some but not all the feasibility criteria (e.g. can you think of a policy that is economically feasible but not administratively feasible?)
    Using AI for this activity: None
  2. Activity type: Extension
    Activity description: Administrative infeasibility: An application from Nigeria – Section 12.9 of Economy, Society, and Public Policy (https://books.core-econ.org/espp/book/text/12.html#how-economists-learn-from-data-administrative-infeasibility-an-application-from-nigeria) discusses the findings of this paper: Imran Rasul and Daniel Rogger. 2016. ‘Management of bureaucrats and public service delivery: Evidence from the Nigerian civil service’. The Economic Journal 128 (608): pp. 413–46.https://tinyco.re/15357399
    Using AI for this activity: None
  3. Activity type: Extension
    Activity description: Fiscal capacity in low- and middle-income countries – Instructors can discuss this paper as additional reading: Timothy Besley and Torsten Persson. 2014. ‘Why do developing countries tax so little?’ The Journal of Economic Perspectives 28 (4): pp. 99–120. https://tinyco.re/3513621
    Using AI for this activity: None
  4. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Special interests – Ask students to read this Financial Times article ‘US politics: Under the influence’ (https://www.ft.com/content/dbb420c0-3069-11df-bc4a-00144feabdc0) about special interests in the US. Instructors may want to supplement this discussion with recent examples for the US or other countries.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  5. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Italy’s boat tax – Ask students to read this article in the Economist (https://www.economist.com/europe/2012/08/25/the-boat-tax-war). Questions: Evaluate the effectiveness of Italy’s boat tax policy. What policy might be more effective in raising tax revenue? Discuss the unintended consequences of Italy’s boat tax policy. What constraints does the government face with implementing this tax policy?
    Using AI for this activity: None
  6. Activity type: Discussion / Exercise (asynchronous)
    Activity description: Food taxes and health – Run a class debate using this prompt: ‘Food taxes intended to shift consumption towards a healthier diet are controversial. Some people think that individuals should make their own choices, and if they prefer unhealthy products, the government should not interfere. Since those who become ill will be cared for at some public expense, others argue that the government has a role in keeping people healthy.’ Or, instructors could ask students to write a short opinion article, using economic concepts covered in previous units (such as external effects and public goods).
    Using AI for this activity: None
  7. Activity type: Data
    Activity description: Doing Economics Project 12 (government policies and popularity – Hong Kong cash handout) uses data to study an unconventional policy adopted by the Hong Kong Government in 2011, which was to simply give a lump sum to every citizen aged 18 or above. This data project assesses the effects that this policy could have on inequality, and discuss some reasons why governments may choose this policy over other redistributive policies. Link to data project: https://books.core-econ.org/doing-economics/book/text/12-01.html
    Using AI for this activity: None
  8. Activity type: Extension
    Activity description: The scenario in question 10.9 (the tax avoidance game) is explained in detail in Section 3.9 of Economy, Society, and Public Policy: https://books.core-econ.org/espp/book/text/03.html#39-unintended-consequences-of-a-redistributive-tax
    Using AI for this activity: None
  9. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Financing higher education – Section 12.13 of ESPP (https://books.core-econ.org/espp/book/text/12.html#1213-free-tuition-in-higher-education-can-it-be-fair-to-non-students) evaluates 5 different ways to finance higher education, ranging from fully private to fully government-funded. Instructors can present this content in lecture or run an in-class debate on which measures they think governments should use.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  10. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Case study of government failure – Ask students to read this Financial Times article about how The Carillion Group is an example of the UK government’s failure in outsourcing: https://www.ft.com/content/867b430e-8132-11e8-8e67-1e1a0846c475. Instructors can ask students to find examples from other countries.
    Using AI for this activity: None
  11. Activity type: Discussion
    Activity description: Political systems and government successes – Ask students to read this Financial Times article comparing the political systems and policies of China and India: https://www.ft.com/content/a00a3312-5913-11e8-806a-808d194ffb75. For a longer assignment, instructors can ask students to write a similar article comparing two different countries.
    Using AI for this activity: None

Key concept: Principal-agent relationship

In this context, the citizens are the principals and the government is the agent. Democracies can address the principal-agent problem by giving elected leaders political rents and holding them accountable (with the threat of replacement). Section 10.13 explains why not all citizens have equal say in a democracy (for example, wealthier citizens have more power to influence policy).

  1. Activity type: Extension
    Activity description: Conflicts of interest between citizens and policymakers – Section 7 of the CORE insight ‘Government debt and sovereign wealth in the Global South’ introduces a model that uses differences between the citizens’ and policymaker’s preferences to explain government spending decisions: https://books.core-econ.org/insights/government-debt-and-wealth/07-conflicts-of-interest.html
    Using AI for this activity: None